We encourage you to contact us with any questions or concerns.

Burke Library - 3rd Floor
helpdesk@hamilton.edu

859-4181
859-4185 - fax

Resource Center Home

Business Operations

Available Resources

:
Active Directory (AD)
  • Federated ID Error Active Directory (AD) You seem to have experienced an error c0nnecting to one of our Federated ID partners.  Please contact ITS if you are experiencing issues.
Antivirus
  • Policies - Access to Information Technology Resources Antivirus Policies Access to Information Technology Resources Eligibility Information Technology Resources (computer hardware, software, telephone systems, cable television, networks, services, data, and other information) are made available at Hamilton to support and facilitate the teaching, research and administrative functions of the College. Electronic resources include: Group I (electronic mail, listservs, personal calendar, portal, Blackboard course management system, network storage, campus ID card) Group II (Web Advisor) Group III (Login access to Datatel) Access to electronic resources for employees, students, spouses/partners, and alumni is enabled through username and password provided to individuals according to the following guidelines. Non-Faculty Employees are given access to Group I resources upon notification of hire. Access to Group III resources is by request from the Department Head. Non-Faculty employee access to all resources is removed at the end of business on the last date of employment.  As soon as an employee gives notice, he/she should enable a "vacation" (auto-responder) message to indicate his/her last date of employment and to provide correspondents with an alternate address to which they should address future College business.  Employees should also remove any personal e-mail or files from their accounts during this period.  Faculty are given access to Group I resources and Group II resources upon notification of hire. Access to Group III resources is by request by the Dean of Faculty. Faculty access to all resources is removed at the end of business three months after the last date of employment.    A request for a brief extension of e-mail privileges may be made to the Dean of Faculty. Upon request to the Dean of Faculty an emeritus faculty member can retain his/her Hamilton e-mail address for as long as desired. Students are given access to Group I and Group II resources upon making an acceptance deposit to the College. Students who work in administrative offices may be granted limited access to Group III resources. Student access to all resources is removed three months after withdrawal or graduation.   A request for a brief extension of e-mail privileges may be made to the Director, Help Desk and Training Services in ITS. Graduates are automatically eligible for access to the Hamilton alumni directory. As part of the directory, alumni have access to an e-mail forwarding service. Each alumnus can create a username@alumni.hamilton.edu which will automatically forward e-mail to an e-mail account they have with an Internet Service Provider (e.g. AOL). Information Technology Resources (computer hardware, software, telephone systems, cable television, networks, services, data, and other information) are made available at Hamilton to support and facilitate the teaching, research and administrative functions of the College. Access to these resources is provided to employees of the College (faculty, administration, staff, maintenance and operations) and enrolled students consistent with their responsibilities. E-mail accounts are continued for Hamilton alumni for three months after graduation, and may be extended by special request to the e-mail administrator. Other individuals, upon submission of a request, may be granted access to some, or all, of Hamilton's IT resources by the Vice President for Information Technology. Generally, such individuals will have some association with the College. The terms of access will be stated at the time access is granted. Under no circumstance may anyone use College IT resources for profit-making activities, in ways that are illegal (e.g. copyright violations), that threaten the College's tax-exempt or other status, or interfere with reasonable use by other members of the College community. Convention For User Names The standard Hamilton naming convention for access to electronic systems comprises the first initial of the first name, followed by (up to seven characters of) the last name. If duplicates occur, the middle initial is generally used to resolve ambiguity. Access in Residence Halls Residence hall connections are intended to provide students with access to telephone and cable television services, and the campus data network. One telephone, cable television, and data network connection is provided for each student. Network connections, wiring, equipment, or jacks may not be altered or extended beyond the location of their intended use. Students must provide their own telephones, televisions, computers, software, and Ethernet cards that meet minimum Hamilton standards. Information on current minimum standards and recommended configurations is available online. Network standards are updated annually. Any costs incurred to repair damages to a network, telephone, or cable television jack in a residence hall room will be divided equally, and billed to the students residing in that room. Management of Internet Bandwidth The campus network, including our connection to the Internet, is a critical shared resource for supporting the academic program. Uses of our Internet connection that are central to the academic/administrative mission of the college (e.g. access to Hamilton web, e-mail, and Blackboard Courseinfo servers) will receive higher priority during times when classes are in session, offices are open, and in the evenings when preparation takes place (i.e. critical times). Low priority uses, including recreational uses, are peripheral to our mission and will receive lower priority during critical times. Between the hours of 7 a.m. and 2 a.m. each day (critical times): With the exception of web traffic a fixed percentage of bandwidth is allocated between the residence halls and the Internet. Access to the Hamilton e-mail, web, and Blackboard Courseinfo servers from off-campus is the highest priority. Incoming or outgoing web traffic between the Internet and the campus network is the next highest priority. Peer-to-Peer Internet applications (applications for distributing videos, music, software, etc.) receive the lowest priority. Between the hours of 2 a.m. and 7 a.m. (non-critical times): There will be no restrictions on bandwidth. The quality and volume of our Internet traffic is regularly monitored to assure that critical applications are available to members of the community. Hamilton does not monitor the content of traffic on the network. It is the responsibility of each person using college resources, including the network, to do so in an ethical and legal manner. Particular attention should be given to observing copyright laws for digital materials. Personal Computers on the Network Internet addresses are provided dynamically through a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) system. In order to obtain a static Internet (TCP/IP) computer address the owner of the system must register the computer with ITS network services. The rules and regulations contained in this policy pertaining to electronic mail and Internet access are equally applicable to the use of personal machines for file sharing or as servers. If bandwidth or other problems occur, ITS reserves the right to discontinue access to the machine. Computers connected to the network may not be used as servers for private enterprises, commercial activity, or personal profit. Computers connected to the network may not be used to provide access to the Internet for anyone not formally affiliated with the College. If personal computers on the Hamilton network are used as servers, the administrator has the additional responsibility to respond to any use of the server that is in violation of these policies and procedures. Server administrators must take steps to prevent recurrence of such violations and report these violations to the Hamilton Network Administrator (hostmaster@hamilton.edu). ITS reserves the rights to disconnect any network port whose activity causes an adverse effect on the network or on any other user. Network connections may also be revoked in the case of malicious or inappropriate computing activity on the network. See Noncompliance and Sanctions for examples of these activities. ITS reserves the right to restrict access to the network during expansion, or for diagnostic and maintenance services. Every effort will be made to provide advance notification and to schedule such disruptions during times of minimum impact and traffic. Virus Protection Hamilton College requires all computers connected to the network to have up-to-date virus protection. Failure to do so will result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until the situation is corrected. Sophos anti-virus software is provided free to all students. Other anti-virus products may be substituted for Sophos Anti-Virus as long as they are kept current. In addition, all attachments to e-mail sent to the Hamilton mail server are scanned for viruses. If an attachment is found to be infected it is deleted and a text file is attached to the e-mail message (called substitute.txt) informing the receiver that the attachment was infected with a virus. The receiver can then contact the sender to have the message retransmitted after the attachment has been cleaned of the virus. Windows Updates All computers running the Microsoft Windows operating system and connected to the Hamilton College network must be kept up-to-date with critical service updates from Microsoft. Failure to do so will result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until the situation is corrected. Individuals wanting to request an exception to the Windows update policy must do so in writing to the Vice President for Information Technology. Network Connections in Departments All offices, laboratories, and classrooms on campus are wired for access to the network. If departments request additional network jacks, or if network connections need to be moved to different locations, the department should request this service through ITS. The department will be billed for charges resulting from moves, additions, and changes. Network connections, wiring, equipment, or jacks may not be altered or extended beyond the location of their intended use. Any costs incurred to repair damages to a network, telephone, or cable television jack in a department will be billed to that department. Dial-Up Connections For all campus users the primary access to Hamilton computing services is through the campus network. Dial-in access via modem is not provided.  
Audiovisual (AV)
  • Configuring Computer for Skype Audiovisual (AV) Other Videoconferencing Documents Create a High-Quality Videoconference Videoconferencing for Students Videoconferencing for Employees
  • Create a High-Quality Videoconference Audiovisual (AV) Environment Optimization Regardless which videoconferencing solution is chosen for the communication, it will be important to prepare the location where your call will take place so as to realize the most optimal, standard experience for all involved parties. General Considerations Regardless of the conversation type, if the communication is high-risk/high-value, at least one test should be performed with all participants before the actual conversation. Remember that accidents can happen: pets can meander into the conversation and voice their opinions, cell phones have the potential of ringing, and items can fall and clatter. While all participants should attempt to prepare for these eventualities, it is best to just accept that they are a part of the conversation, a normative experience, and therefore look past them. Remember that participants within the domain of the webcam and the microphone are involved in the videoconference: anything uttered or any act performed within range of either device will be transmitted to all participants. It behooves everyone to be aware (by dint of the Preview available on all computers/software) of what will be seen and heard before the videoconference begins. As the character Doctor Emmett Brown opined in the movie Back to the Future, "no wonder your president has to be an actor, [they] have to look good on television." Lighting Proper lighting is an essential ingredient for a successful, high-quality videoconference. "A webcam isn't the most flattering piece of technology," according to Stephen Winzenburg in an article for the Winter/Spring 2012 edition of the Chronicle of Higher Education, "[it can] make you appear gaunt, overweight, beady eyed, or narcoleptic. And often you look all those things at the same time." To ensure that all participants see each other in the best possible light, everyone should: Ensure your environment is well-lit--turn on as many lights as possible; Be mindful of such issues as camera angle, background, and any other light sources that might affect the conversation; A room with a window might be a nice place to have a chat, but the sun streaming in can wreak havoc on the quality of the conversation; If you must have a conversation in a room with a window, be sure to test your setup around the same time you anticipate having the conversation to ensure a uniform experience; Test, test, test, test, test: almost all software and computers have the ability to provide participants with a preview and this preview is what other participants will actually see--make sure the contents of the preview are what you want the other participants to see.  If a high-quality conversation is desired, it may behoove participants to purchase a dedicated webcam. ITS has enjoyed success with devices like the Microsoft LifeCam HD-6000. Sound Problems with sound are reliable sources of videoconferencing woes. In addition to the ambient noise issue covered in the "Location" section, there are other potential problems one should be aware of: Echo/Feedback A problem arises whenever a sound input is colocated with a sound output: If you put a microphone IN FRONT of a speaker, a positive feedback loop will be generated, i.e. loud, screechy, piercing sound that is painful. Be sure either to place the speaker far away from the microphone, wear headphones to ameliorate the problem, or invest in a microphone with integrate anti-feedback technology. Most laptops, all-in-one desktops (e.g. the iMac), and smartphones have built-in webcameras, microphones, and speakers. While they are sometimes configured to interoperate without generated feedback, one cannot rely on them working perfectly, especially for high-value conversations. All participants are STRONGLY encouraged to wear headphones to eliminate echoing/feedback. Configuration The peripherals required to perform a videoconference interoperate well, but are susceptible to problems.  If participants are unable to hear each other, see each other, or connect, there may be a problem with the configuration of the peripherals, the software for the chat (e.g. Skype, Google Talk), or the drivers that the computer uses to communicate with the devices. While easier with the built-in microphone, webcam, speaker setup, problems can plague those setups. ITS strongly recommends testing the full setup before any videoconference. If problems are identified before the actual conversation, chances are better that they can be troubleshooted and resolved without conflicting with the actual conversation. Accessibility Issues Hearing Aids/Lipreaders All communications conducted using these solutions will be affected to varying degrees by synchronicity issues. For example: participants may notice that mouths move independently of the sound they generate. While this is becoming a normative experience, it can be jarring, especially for those who need to read lips to understand what is being said. Proper balancing of audio is also key to ensure that participants whose hearing is impaired can participate equally in the conversation
. Location Through the miracle of modern technology, these conversations can now take place at any time and in any location, e.g. cafés, libraries, street corners, dorm rooms, hospitals, vel sim. Just because they can take place in every location does not necessarily mean they ought to take place in every location. Both parties should consider: The ambient noise in their respective environments--loud environs equals bad conversations; The people whom they might affect with the conversation--not everyone needs to be privy to the conversation; The speed of the internet conections at the locations--a low-speed DSL connection will not create a good videoconferencing experience (You can test your bandwidth here.)
  • Videoconferencing Guide Audiovisual (AV) Solutions NOTE: Please click the name of the solution to select it. Also, please hover over links in the table for more information. Scenarios Google Talk Skype OoVoo ITS Videochat Cart Person-to-PersoIf your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS recommends you purchase a Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that EMPLOYEES may check out. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information.n Communication ✓ ✓ ✓   Guest SpeakerIf you wish to use a larger display or projector for your conversation, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on suitable locations. ✓ ✓     Multi-person Conversations   (!Free: 25 audio 2 video For-Fee Features: 25 Audio 10 Video) ✓12 or fewer participants.   High-Quality, High-Risk ConversationsSolution for EMPLOYEES only. Students who need an extremely high quality video conversation should contact the Career Center (x4346.)       ✓ Share Computer Screen   (!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me (!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me    Maximum Number of Participants 2 audio or video Available for a fee.25 Audio 2 Video/25 VideoFor a fee. 12 Audio/Video   Available Resources If you wish to videoconference via a larger display or projector, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on locations. If your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that may be checked out by Staff and Faculty for videoconferences. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information. Should you wish to purchase your own webcam/microphone unit, ITS recommends you purchase the Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. If you intend to use your own laptop for the videoconference, please note that you may need an adaptor to connect it to the screens or projectors in various rooms on campus. If needed and based on availability, Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can provide Staff and Faculty with an adaptor to connect your computer. Please also have a look at our "Create a High-Quality Videoconference Guide" to make your call the highest-possible-quality. 
  • Videoconferencing using Google Talk Audiovisual (AV)
  • Videoconferencing using OoVoo Audiovisual (AV) Description OoVoo is an voice, video, and instant messaging communications tool that permits up to twelve simultaneous voice or video participants for no fee. Unlike Skype, OoVoo Free users cannot share their computer desktops with each other. Procedures Downloading and Installing OoVoo In your internet browser, navigate to http://www.oovoo.com/Download.aspx; Select the appropriate Download for your platform (i.e. Mac, Windows, or Linux;) Wait for the download to commence and finish; Install Skype using the downloaded installer (it should be a relatively straightforward affair;) Skype will automatically launch--log in to continue.
Backup
  • Data Backup and Storage Backup Introduction Imagine if all of the work that you spent hours completing suddenly disappeared and there were no way to bring it back from oblivion. A nightmarish scenario to be sure! Unfortunately, many face it every semester: ITS often assists students and employees whose computers have malfunctioned while either working on or after finishing some assignment, typically when such a loss is most painful and difficult to recover from. Thankfully, with a very little effort, this scenario can be easily avoided. Backing up your files serves many purposes. Beyond preventing a catastrophic loss of data, proper organization of one's data and easy options for retrieval will facilitate one's work at Hamilton and beyond, viz. graduate school, internships, and possibly future employment Storage Solution Finder External Hard Drive Employee Network Storage 1 Academic Server 2 Google Drive Flash Drive Dropbox or Similar Documents ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Images ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Music ✓   ✓ ✓ Video ✓   ✓     Computer Backup ✓ ✓       Easy Sharing     ✓ ✓   is a solution that should not be used for sensitive or confidential information, e.g. bank account numbers, passwords, social security numbers, health information. 1 This solution is only available to staff and faculty. 2 This solution is for academic purposes (e.g. Coursework) only. And only members of the Faculty and Staff can request folders be created on the Academic Server.              
Blackboard Transaction System
  • Installing or Updating the SSL certificate on BBTS.hamilton.edu Blackboard Transaction System NOTE: This article was adapted from a Blackboard Transaction System support document for Hamilton College. Install New Wildcard Certificate 1. Remote to bbts.hamilton.edu.  This requires a Microsoft RDP client (can't use Cord). 2. Open the IIS Manager - Start > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services Manager 3. Click on the server name. 4. Under IIS, double-click on Server Certificates 5. Click Import... on the right. 6. Select the PFX file for the current Wildcard certificate (\\ess\its\Network Services\SSL Certs\WildcardSSL<year>.pfx) 7. Password is hamster. Open Certificate Manager 1. On the Taskbar, click Start, then click Run, type MMC in the Open box, and then click OK. 2. In the new window that opened click File and then click Add/Remove Snap- in.... 3. Double-click Certificates in the Available snap-ins box. 4. Select Computer account and then click Next. 5. Select Local Computer: (the computer this console is running on),click Finish, and OK. Install the Intermediate Certificate If you are updating an existing certificate, this should not be necessary. 1. Open the Certificate Manager (if not already open) 2. Expand Certificates 3. Right-click on Intermediate Certificates and select All Tasks > Import... 4. Click next, then Browse to select the file at \\ess\its\Network Services\SSL Certs\gd_iis_intermediates.p7b  (you may want to update this file from GoDaddy in case there is a new version) 5. Click Next, then Next again, then Finish Export the Full Chain for use in Blackboard Services 1.Open the Certificate Manager (if not already open) 3. Double-click Certificates (Local Computer), double-click Personal, and then double-click Certificates. 4. Right-click on the SSL certificate (the newest *.hamilton.edu), click All Tasks..., and then click Export... 5. Click Next on the Welcome to the Certificate Export wizard window. 6. Select Yes, export the private key and click Next. 7. Select Personal Information Exchange - PCKS #12 (.PFX), select the check box Include all certificates in the certification path if possible, then click Next. 8. Type "pfxpassword" in the Password box, type "pfxpassword" in the Type and confirm password (mandatory) box, and then click Next >. 9. Type "E:\Blackboard\Transaction System\Server\Tools\OpenSSL\BBTS.hamilton.edu.pfx" in the File name box. 10. Verify the information in the You have specified the following settings box, and then click Finish. 11. Click OK when prompted The export was successful. 12. Click File, then click Exit in the Microsoft Management Console windows. Using the PFX file to generate the PEM files needed by the Bb Services The MakePEMs.bat batch file (script text is below) is used to do everything. It is used instead of GenerateDHKey.bat. If there is an existing MakePEMs.bat file then edit it to make sure the '[servername].pfx' name has not changed and is correct in the batch file. 1. If MakePEMsGoDaddy.bat doesn't exist in "E:\Blackboard\Transaction System\Server\Tools\OpenSSL", create a new text document. - Rename it to "MakePEMsGoDaddy.bat". Note that if the display of file extensions has been turned off it will not be possible to truly rename this file. Acknowledge any warnings about changing file extensions. 3. Open the file by RIGHT-CLICK and choose Edit. Get in the habit of NOT double- clicking a batch file unless you intend to run it. Copy the text at the end of this document then paste it into this new "MakePEMsGoDaddy.bat" text file window. 4. Edit the "SET PFXFILE=" line in MakePEMs.bat by adding the name of the PFX file exported above (BBTS.hamilton.edu.pfx). Don't forget the ".PFX" part of the name. Example: Change: SET PFXFILE=!CHANGEME! To be: SET PFXFILE=BBTS.hamilton.edu.pfx 5. Save MakePEMsGoDaddy.bat. 6. Double-click MakePEMsGoDaddy.bat to run it. It goes through the steps displaying what it is doing and pausing after each step. Use CTRL-C to stop running the script at any point. This is useful if one only wants to generate the PEM files and copy them to where they go but doesn't want to restart the service yet. MakePEMsGoDaddy.bat does the following steps pausing after each one 1. Deletes any existing "server.pem" and "dh512.pem" 2. Generates a new "server.pem" 3. Generates a new "dh512.pem" 4. Copies the new .PEMs to the "\Server\Services" folder 5. Restarts the BbReader and Dining services It is possible to test the Server.PEM file is able to authenticate using the CA.PEM file. The following KB article explains how to do this: http://www.fuzeqna.com/bbtshelp/consumer/kbdetail.asp?kbid=507   --- MakePEMs.bat text @ECHO OFF REM This batch file goes in: REM E:\Blackboard\Transaction System\Server\Tools\OpenSSL REM This batch file assumes the standard install where the REM Blackboard folder (software) is on an "E:" drive letter. REM If this is a non-standard install that uses another drive REM letter (e.g. "D:") then edit this batch file. Replace "E:" REM with the correct drive letter for this system. SET PFXFILE=!CHANGEME! REM Enter the full name of the PFX file above. Remember the REM '.PFX' file extention. Only change the above "SET" line. REM Do not change the error check "if..." line below. ECHO This will use the file %PFFILE% a the source ECHO Edit the batch file to change this if needed ECHO. PAUSE if not %PFFILE%==CHANGEME! goto DOIT ECHO ERROR!! The instructions were not followed! ECHO ERROR!! %PFFILE% i not a valid .PFX file name ECHO ERROR!! Close this window and get some help PAUSE GOTO END :DOIT E: CD "E:\Blackboard\Transaction System\Server\Tools\OpenSSL" ECHO. ECHO Deleting existing files about to create ECHO OK if there are one or two file not found errors. ECHO. DEL /Q server.pem DEL /Q dh512.pem ECHO. ECHO The warning about not opening openssl.cnf is OK. ECHO When asked the password is: pfxpassword ECHO NOTE: Nothing is shown as the password is typed in. ECHO. openssl pkcs12 -in %PFFILE% -ut server.pem -nodes ECHO. ECHO server.pem created from %PFFILE% ECHO. ECHO Next is to create dh512.pem from server.pem PAUSE ECHO. ECHO The warning about not opening openssl.cnf is still OK. ECHO. openssl dhparam -5 -check -outform PEM -out dh512.pem -5 -text 512 ECHO. ECHO dh512.pem created from server.pem ECHO. ECHO Next is copy .PEM files to Services folder. PAUSE ECHO. COPY /V /Y server.pem "E:\Blackboard\Transaction System\Server\Services" COPY /V /Y dh512.pem "E:\Blackboard\Transaction System\Server\Services" ECHO Copied .PEM files to Services folder ECHO. ECHO Next is to restart the Bb Readers Service. PAUSE ECHO. ECHO Restarting the Bb Readers Service ECHO. NET STOP "BbTS Bb Readers Host" ECHO. NET START "BbTS Bb Readers Host" ECHO. ECHO Next is to restart the Dining Service. PAUSE ECHO. ECHO Restarting the Dining Service ECHO. NET STOP "BbTS Dining Services, Activities Host" ECHO. NET START "BbTS Dining Services, Activities Host" ECHO. ECHO Next is to restart the Payment Gateway Service. PAUSE ECHO. ECHO Restarting the Payment Gateway Service ECHO. NET STOP "BbTS Payment Gateway Host" ECHO. NET START "BbTS Payment Gateway Host" ECHO. ECHO All done. PAUSE :END  
Cell Phone
  • Employee Cellular Plan Cell Phone Hamilton College Cellular Phone Guidelines Hamilton College recognizes that cellular telephone service is a valuable tool for business purposes. However, use of cellular phone service is not intended to replace College telephone service. Cellular phones are available for conducting College business if approval has been granted to you by your Deprtment Supervisor, a Senior Staff Member and the VP of Information Technlogy Services. Please contact The Business Office at x4315 to obtain Policies and Procedure Information or view it on the Hamilton College Business Office web page. Network Information Hotline: 315-859-4050 Phone (from on-campus): x5NET (x5638) Fax: 315-859-4185 You can e-mail the Network Services Team at: ns@hamilton.edu
Computer Repair
  • Policies - Repair of Computer Equipment Computer Repair Policies Repair of Computer Equipment Hamilton Computer Equipment All college computer equipment is maintained on a service contract with an outside vendor. Currently that vendor is VITEC Solutions (formerly IKON Technology Services). If a hardware problem is suspected the user should call the Helpdesk (859-4181) during normal business hours for assistance. If hardware service is indicated arrangements will be made with the VITEC technician. VITEC only repairs equipment located in college offices. Repairs will not be done in residence halls or private residences. Personally Owned Equipment VITEC Solutions also provides repair for personally owned computers. Computers are repaired at a discounted commercial rate established by the vendor as part of its contract with Hamilton. There is a minimum charge for examining the equipment if repair is not needed. Equipment must be delivered to the VITEC office in the basement of the Burke Library during regular business hours. The VITEC technician will be available each day between 4 and 5 p.m. to receive equipment, or by special arrangement by calling x4171 or by e-mail (vitec@hamilton.edu). Payment for the repairs must be made by check, credit card, or money order when the equipment is picked up. Charges for repair cannot be applied to your Hamilton College account.     For questions about these Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards, contact: David Smallen, Vice President for Information Technology 315-859-4169  
Computer Replacement
  • Policies - College Computer Equipment Computer Replacement Replacement of College Computer Equipment Most college computer equipment is replaced every four to five years (see exceptions below). The Goals of the replacement plan are to: assure that appropriate computing resources are available in public and departmental computing facilities, classrooms, and college offices to support the mission of the institution; assure that each faculty and staff member who uses computing resources in his or her position has a computer of sufficient capability to fulfill his/her responsibilities; implement minimum standards for computing equipment on campus; • encourage planning, cost-effective installation of new equipment and disposal of old equipment. Computer equipment is generally replaced during the late spring and summer months (May 1 - August 15). Replacement schedules are distributed annually to departments in early November for review and consultation with ITS staff. Hardware configurations for new equipment are prepared in March and individuals with equipment scheduled for replacement are notified of those details. Generally, individuals will have one college computer provided for them on the replacement plan. By the nature of their responsibilities, some individuals may need to have more than one computer to accomplish their responsibilities - for example, if they must use both Macintosh and Windows platforms in their work. In these cases, department heads/supervisors may request from the appropriate officer of the college (e.g., for faculty, the Dean of the Faculty) that an exception be made. Computers are essential tools for faculty, even when they are on sabbatical leave. For this reason the college permits faculty on leave to continue to use their computer during that period. Computers will be provided to faculty replacements from a pool of computers designated for this purpose. Computers are not to be purchased from departmental operating budgets. Only special funds designated for computer replacement or equipment purchases may be used for this purpose. The officers of the college approve such funds. Certain departments or individuals obtain grants or have special budget allocations for computing equipment. Computers purchased with these grants or budget allocations will not be on the replacement plan unless approval is obtained from the officers at the time the grant is received or the budget is allocated. Loaner Equipment Hamilton College employees can borrow laptop computers for up to seven consecutive days for uses related to college business. Both Macintosh and Windows laptops are available. These computers are enabled for wireless and high-speed internet access. Reservations are required, and should be made at least two business days in advance. For more information, or to make a reservation, call 4LLP (4557), or e-mail: laptop@hamilton.edu Departmental Equipment All college computers are maintained in a central inventory. At the time a computer enters the inventory the replacement cycle, if any, is designated. Computers that are an integral part of a piece of scientific equipment, or are used primarily for research purposes, are not generally part of the replacement plan. Replacement of such equipment is by a special request to the Dean of the Faculty. Old equipment is sold for residual values through Hamilton's official salvage process and must be returned to ITS.  Grant-Funded Equipment Individuals pursuing grants for computing equipment should discuss their plans with the Director, Desktop Integration Services as part of the budgeting process. Computing equipment that is acquired under grants will enter the inventory and be upgraded on a regular replacement cycle only if approved at the time of the application for the grant. Faculty members teaching in various special curricular programs are, under certain conditions, awarded research, or startup, funds. Some faculty members also have research funds available to them when they hold endowed chair positions. These funds may be used to buy additional computers and printers for office or home use, but the equipment will belong to the college. Such equipment should be ordered through the College purchasing process and will not normally be upgraded or replaced by the college, except through further use of research funds. If this equipment is to be on the computer replacement plan the faculty member must obtain a commitment, in writing, from the Dean and the Vice-President for Administration and Finance indicating this. Otherwise, the equipment will not be on a replacement cycle. Printers and Other Peripheral Equipment The college provides networked printing locations for workgroup clusters in every department. Individual desktop printers are not normally provided. Other peripheral pieces of equipment such as scanners are also generally provided in clustered locations instead of individual offices. Since these pieces of equipment are usually used intermittently, clustering allows sharing of specialized technical resources. Responsibility for Equipment Each employee is responsible for taking reasonable safety precautions in regard to Hamilton-owned computer equipment. Employees will be held responsible for damage to such equipment arising out of their negligence or intentional misconduct. Upgrades and Renewal For computer equipment on the replacement plan, ITS staff members consult with users prior to ordering and installing new equipment to determine the current and anticipated equipment needs. Computers that are replaced are returned to ITS. ITS then reassigns the computers or sells them through the campus salvage process. Hamilton will not upgrade non-Hamilton computers.   For questions about these Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards, contact: David Smallen, Vice President for Information Technology 315-859-4169
Datatel Colleague
  • Central Information Services Mission Statement Datatel Colleague Team Mission, Services and Expectations Mission Statement: The Central Information Services Team provides technical support for the Colleague (Student System, Financials and Alumni Fund Raising) and Kronos (Human Resources and Payroll) systems, and makes the information in those systems available to college constituents as appropriate. Through these services, the CIS Team helps the college operate in an efficient manner.   Services: • Analysis of college business practices • Implementation of new processes and office workflow • Application problem solving • Application software development and support • Daily operational support • Training • Upgrade and maintenance to the administrative system hardware and software • Consulting services for the support of external system interfaces such as TMA, Blackboard Learn, Blackboard Transact, BlackboardConnect, NSLC, etc... • Login and password assignment as well as establishment and maintenance of UniData (database), Colleague and Kronos   Success Measures: • Formal feedback from clients on a periodic basis. One example would be a questionnaire or survey, distributed at to-be-determined intervals to those using the services of the team. • Informal feedback from clients. Examples would be individual conversations, phone calls, written "thank-you" notes or follow-up complaints. • Self-Evaluation at the completion of a task or project. • Degree of project completion in line with the pre-determined project plan or other written or verbal commitment. • Amount of "pro-active" support given to clients.  
  • Colleague and Colleague Advancement Support Datatel Colleague Colleague and Colleague Advancement Support Colleague and Colleague Advancement User Access Information: Department Security Manager Information Administrative Information Systems Security Policy & Procedures Administrative Account Request Form Colleague and Colleague Advancement Usage Tips: Tip # 1 - Using the @ Symbol for Last Record Retrieval Tip # 2 - Using = to Tell Colleague to do it Your Way Tip # 3  - Adding Leading Zeroes to Datatel-Generated EXCEL Spreadsheets Central Information Services Team Datatel Inc.'s Colleague software is used to support the student and financial information offices of the College. The Central Information Services Team provides work flow analysis, design and implementation of new processes and continuing maintenance of the existing application software. The Members of the Central Information Services Team are: Marty Sweeney Director, Central Information Services           msweeney@hamilton.edu x4164 Linda Lacelle Systems Analyst/Administrator llacelle@hamilton.edu x4994 Kathy Kwasniewski Systems Analyst kkwasnie@hamilton.edu x4172 Geoff Pashley Programmer / Analyst gpashley@hamilton.edu x4163 Mary Fiore Programmer / Analyst mfiore@hamilton.edu x4990 Colleague Advancement Datatel Inc.'s Colleague Advancement software is used to support the alumni and fund raising information offices of the College. For questions about the Colleague Advancement software, please contact: Loren Corbin Director of Information Services / Database Administrator Office of Communications and Development lcorbin@hamilton.edu x4633 John Drew Systems Analyst Office of Communications and Development jdrew@hamilton.edu x4674  
  • Department Security Manager Information Datatel Colleague The role of the Department Security Manager (DSM) is to coordinate and approve all access to the administrative system (Colleague) for the users in their respective areas. It is the responsibility of the DSM to insure that new employees read and sign the Administrative Information Systems Security Policy and Procedures document. The signed last page of this document should be returned to the Central Information Services Team - Information Technology Services - 3rd Floor of Burke Library. The DSM should also request the appropriate access for the employee using the Administrative Account Request Form.   Department       Responsible Area(s)       Department Security Manager           Business Office   General Ledger   Shari Whiting     Accounts Payable   Andrea Brown (Alternate)     Purchasing   Erika Mumford (Alternate)     Accounts Receivable         Cash Receipts         Budgets         Investments               Registrar   Student Records   Kristin Friedel     Registration         Dean of Students         Dean of Faculty         Other College offices using student data               C&D   Alumni Records   Loren Corbin     Gift Processing   John Drew (Alternate)           Admission   Admission Data   Sue Donegan           Financial Aid   Financial Aid Data   Melissa Rose           Human Resources   Human Resource Data   Steve Stemkoski         Mike Thayer (Alternate)           Residence Life   Housing / Meal Plan Data   Travis Hill         Jean Burke (Alternate)            ITS   Administrative Access    Linda Lacelle         Marty Sweeney (Alternate)            
  • Ellucian (Datatel) Colleague User Accounts Datatel Colleague Colleague and Colleague Advancement User Access Information: Security access for Colleague user accounts should be requested through the Department Security Manager (DSM) for  the employee's area.  The employee should read the Administrative Systems Security Policy & Procedures document, and print the last page to sign and submit to Marty Sweeney, ITS, Burke Library. Department Security Manager Information Administrative Information Systems Security Policy & Procedures Administrative Account Request Form
  • SLCR - Savedlist Creation Datatel Colleague Alternate Terms:  Savedlist, saved list, colon prompt, savelist  
  • Tip # 1 - Using the @ Symbol for Last Record Retrieval Datatel Colleague Tip #1 Whenever you've done maintenance on a record and want to bring up the last record you worked on (even on a different form), simply enter:   @ (Get the @ Symbol by pressing Shift 2) at the Person Lookup prompt, then press: Enter
  • Tip # 2 - Using = to Tell Colleague to do it Your Way Datatel Colleague Tip #2 Have you ever entered data into Colleague and had the system change what you typed into upper or lower case? Colleague tries to be helpful, but sometimes that is not the way you want that particular name or piece of data to look! This happens most frequently with names, addresses and code descriptions. If you enter the equals sign immediately followed by your desired text (without a space between them), Colleague will not attempt to change what you typed. For example, if you want Colleague to leave the last name VanSpike alone (instead of changing it to Vanspike - with a lower-case "s") you would enter: =VanSpike directly into the last name field.
  • Tip # 3 - Adding Leading Zeros to Datatel-Generated EXCEL Spreadsheets Datatel Colleague Tip #3 Have you ever used the EXCEL command in Colleague and been frustrated when it drops "leading zeros" from columns of numbers, such as Colleague ID's? In other words, instead of a seven digit Colleague ID like 0145672, you'd see one like 145672 (Note that the "leading zero" has been dropped). Luckily, there's a simple fix for this problem. Once you generate your spreadsheet, follow these steps:  Highlight the column of numbers to be fixed by moving your curser over the column letter at the very top of the column. For example, if you want to highlight the first column on the left, you'd move your curser over the letter "A" at the top of that column. As soon as you do this, you'll see a small downward-facing arrow appear. Click once on the column to highlight it. When the column is highlighted, it will turn blue. From the Format dropdown menu, choose Cells (first choice at the top). In the Format Cells window, choose the Number tab (first on the left, along the top – should already be the default choice). Under the word "Category:" (on the left), there is a dropdown list of choices. Choose Custom (last choice at the bottom). Beneath the word "Type:" (on the right), there is a single-line text box. Directly beneath that is a dropdown list of various choices. The single-line text box will initially have the word "General" in it. Note that the word "General" is also the first item listed in the dropdown list. Double-click on the single-line text box to highlight it. Use your backspace key to remove the word "General" from the single-line text box. If the numbers you are trying to fix are, for example, Colleague ID's, then they all need to uniformly consist of seven digits. Many of the older Colleague ID's on our system contain one or more "leading zeros," as shown in the example above. So in this example, enter 0000000 (seven zeros) into the single-line text box (where you previously removed the word "General"). Click the OK button at the bottom of the Format Cells window. All of your Colleague ID's will now have seven digits, with leading zeros where appropriate. Be sure to save your spreadsheet. 
ESS
  • Data Backup and Storage ESS Introduction Imagine if all of the work that you spent hours completing suddenly disappeared and there were no way to bring it back from oblivion. A nightmarish scenario to be sure! Unfortunately, many face it every semester: ITS often assists students and employees whose computers have malfunctioned while either working on or after finishing some assignment, typically when such a loss is most painful and difficult to recover from. Thankfully, with a very little effort, this scenario can be easily avoided. Backing up your files serves many purposes. Beyond preventing a catastrophic loss of data, proper organization of one's data and easy options for retrieval will facilitate one's work at Hamilton and beyond, viz. graduate school, internships, and possibly future employment Storage Solution Finder External Hard Drive Employee Network Storage 1 Academic Server 2 Google Drive Flash Drive Dropbox or Similar Documents ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Images ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Music ✓   ✓ ✓ Video ✓   ✓     Computer Backup ✓ ✓       Easy Sharing     ✓ ✓   is a solution that should not be used for sensitive or confidential information, e.g. bank account numbers, passwords, social security numbers, health information. 1 This solution is only available to staff and faculty. 2 This solution is for academic purposes (e.g. Coursework) only. And only members of the Faculty and Staff can request folders be created on the Academic Server.              
Ellucian Colleague
  • Central Information Services Mission Statement Ellucian Colleague Team Mission, Services and Expectations Mission Statement: The Central Information Services Team provides technical support for the Colleague (Student System, Financials and Alumni Fund Raising) and Kronos (Human Resources and Payroll) systems, and makes the information in those systems available to college constituents as appropriate. Through these services, the CIS Team helps the college operate in an efficient manner.   Services: • Analysis of college business practices • Implementation of new processes and office workflow • Application problem solving • Application software development and support • Daily operational support • Training • Upgrade and maintenance to the administrative system hardware and software • Consulting services for the support of external system interfaces such as TMA, Blackboard Learn, Blackboard Transact, BlackboardConnect, NSLC, etc... • Login and password assignment as well as establishment and maintenance of UniData (database), Colleague and Kronos   Success Measures: • Formal feedback from clients on a periodic basis. One example would be a questionnaire or survey, distributed at to-be-determined intervals to those using the services of the team. • Informal feedback from clients. Examples would be individual conversations, phone calls, written "thank-you" notes or follow-up complaints. • Self-Evaluation at the completion of a task or project. • Degree of project completion in line with the pre-determined project plan or other written or verbal commitment. • Amount of "pro-active" support given to clients.  
  • Colleague and Colleague Advancement Support Ellucian Colleague Colleague and Colleague Advancement Support Colleague and Colleague Advancement User Access Information: Department Security Manager Information Administrative Information Systems Security Policy & Procedures Administrative Account Request Form Colleague and Colleague Advancement Usage Tips: Tip # 1 - Using the @ Symbol for Last Record Retrieval Tip # 2 - Using = to Tell Colleague to do it Your Way Tip # 3  - Adding Leading Zeroes to Datatel-Generated EXCEL Spreadsheets Central Information Services Team Datatel Inc.'s Colleague software is used to support the student and financial information offices of the College. The Central Information Services Team provides work flow analysis, design and implementation of new processes and continuing maintenance of the existing application software. The Members of the Central Information Services Team are: Marty Sweeney Director, Central Information Services           msweeney@hamilton.edu x4164 Linda Lacelle Systems Analyst/Administrator llacelle@hamilton.edu x4994 Kathy Kwasniewski Systems Analyst kkwasnie@hamilton.edu x4172 Geoff Pashley Programmer / Analyst gpashley@hamilton.edu x4163 Mary Fiore Programmer / Analyst mfiore@hamilton.edu x4990 Colleague Advancement Datatel Inc.'s Colleague Advancement software is used to support the alumni and fund raising information offices of the College. For questions about the Colleague Advancement software, please contact: Loren Corbin Director of Information Services / Database Administrator Office of Communications and Development lcorbin@hamilton.edu x4633 John Drew Systems Analyst Office of Communications and Development jdrew@hamilton.edu x4674  
  • Department Security Manager Information Ellucian Colleague The role of the Department Security Manager (DSM) is to coordinate and approve all access to the administrative system (Colleague) for the users in their respective areas. It is the responsibility of the DSM to insure that new employees read and sign the Administrative Information Systems Security Policy and Procedures document. The signed last page of this document should be returned to the Central Information Services Team - Information Technology Services - 3rd Floor of Burke Library. The DSM should also request the appropriate access for the employee using the Administrative Account Request Form.   Department       Responsible Area(s)       Department Security Manager           Business Office   General Ledger   Shari Whiting     Accounts Payable   Andrea Brown (Alternate)     Purchasing   Erika Mumford (Alternate)     Accounts Receivable         Cash Receipts         Budgets         Investments               Registrar   Student Records   Kristin Friedel     Registration         Dean of Students         Dean of Faculty         Other College offices using student data               C&D   Alumni Records   Loren Corbin     Gift Processing   John Drew (Alternate)           Admission   Admission Data   Sue Donegan           Financial Aid   Financial Aid Data   Melissa Rose           Human Resources   Human Resource Data   Steve Stemkoski         Mike Thayer (Alternate)           Residence Life   Housing / Meal Plan Data   Travis Hill         Jean Burke (Alternate)            ITS   Administrative Access    Linda Lacelle         Marty Sweeney (Alternate)            
  • Ellucian (Datatel) Colleague User Accounts Ellucian Colleague Colleague and Colleague Advancement User Access Information: Security access for Colleague user accounts should be requested through the Department Security Manager (DSM) for  the employee's area.  The employee should read the Administrative Systems Security Policy & Procedures document, and print the last page to sign and submit to Marty Sweeney, ITS, Burke Library. Department Security Manager Information Administrative Information Systems Security Policy & Procedures Administrative Account Request Form
  • SLCR - Savedlist Creation Ellucian Colleague Alternate Terms:  Savedlist, saved list, colon prompt, savelist  
  • Tip # 1 - Using the @ Symbol for Last Record Retrieval Ellucian Colleague Tip #1 Whenever you've done maintenance on a record and want to bring up the last record you worked on (even on a different form), simply enter:   @ (Get the @ Symbol by pressing Shift 2) at the Person Lookup prompt, then press: Enter
  • Tip # 2 - Using = to Tell Colleague to do it Your Way Ellucian Colleague Tip #2 Have you ever entered data into Colleague and had the system change what you typed into upper or lower case? Colleague tries to be helpful, but sometimes that is not the way you want that particular name or piece of data to look! This happens most frequently with names, addresses and code descriptions. If you enter the equals sign immediately followed by your desired text (without a space between them), Colleague will not attempt to change what you typed. For example, if you want Colleague to leave the last name VanSpike alone (instead of changing it to Vanspike - with a lower-case "s") you would enter: =VanSpike directly into the last name field.
  • Tip # 3 - Adding Leading Zeros to Datatel-Generated EXCEL Spreadsheets Ellucian Colleague Tip #3 Have you ever used the EXCEL command in Colleague and been frustrated when it drops "leading zeros" from columns of numbers, such as Colleague ID's? In other words, instead of a seven digit Colleague ID like 0145672, you'd see one like 145672 (Note that the "leading zero" has been dropped). Luckily, there's a simple fix for this problem. Once you generate your spreadsheet, follow these steps:  Highlight the column of numbers to be fixed by moving your curser over the column letter at the very top of the column. For example, if you want to highlight the first column on the left, you'd move your curser over the letter "A" at the top of that column. As soon as you do this, you'll see a small downward-facing arrow appear. Click once on the column to highlight it. When the column is highlighted, it will turn blue. From the Format dropdown menu, choose Cells (first choice at the top). In the Format Cells window, choose the Number tab (first on the left, along the top – should already be the default choice). Under the word "Category:" (on the left), there is a dropdown list of choices. Choose Custom (last choice at the bottom). Beneath the word "Type:" (on the right), there is a single-line text box. Directly beneath that is a dropdown list of various choices. The single-line text box will initially have the word "General" in it. Note that the word "General" is also the first item listed in the dropdown list. Double-click on the single-line text box to highlight it. Use your backspace key to remove the word "General" from the single-line text box. If the numbers you are trying to fix are, for example, Colleague ID's, then they all need to uniformly consist of seven digits. Many of the older Colleague ID's on our system contain one or more "leading zeros," as shown in the example above. So in this example, enter 0000000 (seven zeros) into the single-line text box (where you previously removed the word "General"). Click the OK button at the bottom of the Format Cells window. All of your Colleague ID's will now have seven digits, with leading zeros where appropriate. Be sure to save your spreadsheet. 
Email
  • A Few Things to Know About the HillConnect Environment Email Return to HillConnect Homepage Getting help Google continuously updates its core e-mail and calendar programs so that new features are brought to you as soon as they become available.  Consequently, if you see something new that is unclear, your best bet is to take advantage of the online help built in to HillMail and HillCal. How do I access the HillConnect environment directly? To log in directly to your HillMail account, please go to:   http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu   What is the "Migrated" label/folder? If you had an active e-mail account at Hamilton prior to May 2010 and your account was transitioned to HillConnect, a label/folder with the name "Migrated" was created during the transition process. It's important to know that what the old mail server referred to as a" folder" is now referred to as a "label" in the new system. A fundamental difference between the two storage methods is that with the new Google system multiple labels can be assigned to message where previously in the old SUN system a single message could be assigned to only one folder. Therefore you can delete the label/folder named "Migrated" and not delete the associated messages. I no longer receive a copy of any messages I send to Hamilton Listserv's what do I need to do? Google will not deliver mail to you that you send to a Listserv list.   So that you can tell whether your message was processed, your subscription settings are automatically set so that you will receive an acknowledgment e-mail message from Listserv when your message is delivered to a list. If you still wish to see a copy of your message in your INBOX, you can add your e-mail address to the CC (carbon copy) line when you address your message to the list.  Note that the CC line is processed independently from the TO line.  Therefore, receipt of the message in your INBOX is not confirmation that your message was distributed to the list.  Only the acknowledgement message noted above  can be considered confirmation that your message was distributed. How Can I Change Label Colors? The default color assigned to a label is so light it is almost invisible. To change the color, click the square to the right of the label (folder name) and select a color from the palette that appears.   Our office/organization shares an account, how many connections can we have to our HillMail account through a client? You are limited to ten simultaneous logins via a client, i.e. if you share an account and use Thunderbird/Outlook/AppleMail.  You are not limited by the number of web logins.  
  • Policies - Access to Information Technology Resources Email Policies Access to Information Technology Resources Eligibility Information Technology Resources (computer hardware, software, telephone systems, cable television, networks, services, data, and other information) are made available at Hamilton to support and facilitate the teaching, research and administrative functions of the College. Electronic resources include: Group I (electronic mail, listservs, personal calendar, portal, Blackboard course management system, network storage, campus ID card) Group II (Web Advisor) Group III (Login access to Datatel) Access to electronic resources for employees, students, spouses/partners, and alumni is enabled through username and password provided to individuals according to the following guidelines. Non-Faculty Employees are given access to Group I resources upon notification of hire. Access to Group III resources is by request from the Department Head. Non-Faculty employee access to all resources is removed at the end of business on the last date of employment.  As soon as an employee gives notice, he/she should enable a "vacation" (auto-responder) message to indicate his/her last date of employment and to provide correspondents with an alternate address to which they should address future College business.  Employees should also remove any personal e-mail or files from their accounts during this period.  Faculty are given access to Group I resources and Group II resources upon notification of hire. Access to Group III resources is by request by the Dean of Faculty. Faculty access to all resources is removed at the end of business three months after the last date of employment.    A request for a brief extension of e-mail privileges may be made to the Dean of Faculty. Upon request to the Dean of Faculty an emeritus faculty member can retain his/her Hamilton e-mail address for as long as desired. Students are given access to Group I and Group II resources upon making an acceptance deposit to the College. Students who work in administrative offices may be granted limited access to Group III resources. Student access to all resources is removed three months after withdrawal or graduation.   A request for a brief extension of e-mail privileges may be made to the Director, Help Desk and Training Services in ITS. Graduates are automatically eligible for access to the Hamilton alumni directory. As part of the directory, alumni have access to an e-mail forwarding service. Each alumnus can create a username@alumni.hamilton.edu which will automatically forward e-mail to an e-mail account they have with an Internet Service Provider (e.g. AOL). Information Technology Resources (computer hardware, software, telephone systems, cable television, networks, services, data, and other information) are made available at Hamilton to support and facilitate the teaching, research and administrative functions of the College. Access to these resources is provided to employees of the College (faculty, administration, staff, maintenance and operations) and enrolled students consistent with their responsibilities. E-mail accounts are continued for Hamilton alumni for three months after graduation, and may be extended by special request to the e-mail administrator. Other individuals, upon submission of a request, may be granted access to some, or all, of Hamilton's IT resources by the Vice President for Information Technology. Generally, such individuals will have some association with the College. The terms of access will be stated at the time access is granted. Under no circumstance may anyone use College IT resources for profit-making activities, in ways that are illegal (e.g. copyright violations), that threaten the College's tax-exempt or other status, or interfere with reasonable use by other members of the College community. Convention For User Names The standard Hamilton naming convention for access to electronic systems comprises the first initial of the first name, followed by (up to seven characters of) the last name. If duplicates occur, the middle initial is generally used to resolve ambiguity. Access in Residence Halls Residence hall connections are intended to provide students with access to telephone and cable television services, and the campus data network. One telephone, cable television, and data network connection is provided for each student. Network connections, wiring, equipment, or jacks may not be altered or extended beyond the location of their intended use. Students must provide their own telephones, televisions, computers, software, and Ethernet cards that meet minimum Hamilton standards. Information on current minimum standards and recommended configurations is available online. Network standards are updated annually. Any costs incurred to repair damages to a network, telephone, or cable television jack in a residence hall room will be divided equally, and billed to the students residing in that room. Management of Internet Bandwidth The campus network, including our connection to the Internet, is a critical shared resource for supporting the academic program. Uses of our Internet connection that are central to the academic/administrative mission of the college (e.g. access to Hamilton web, e-mail, and Blackboard Courseinfo servers) will receive higher priority during times when classes are in session, offices are open, and in the evenings when preparation takes place (i.e. critical times). Low priority uses, including recreational uses, are peripheral to our mission and will receive lower priority during critical times. Between the hours of 7 a.m. and 2 a.m. each day (critical times): With the exception of web traffic a fixed percentage of bandwidth is allocated between the residence halls and the Internet. Access to the Hamilton e-mail, web, and Blackboard Courseinfo servers from off-campus is the highest priority. Incoming or outgoing web traffic between the Internet and the campus network is the next highest priority. Peer-to-Peer Internet applications (applications for distributing videos, music, software, etc.) receive the lowest priority. Between the hours of 2 a.m. and 7 a.m. (non-critical times): There will be no restrictions on bandwidth. The quality and volume of our Internet traffic is regularly monitored to assure that critical applications are available to members of the community. Hamilton does not monitor the content of traffic on the network. It is the responsibility of each person using college resources, including the network, to do so in an ethical and legal manner. Particular attention should be given to observing copyright laws for digital materials. Personal Computers on the Network Internet addresses are provided dynamically through a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) system. In order to obtain a static Internet (TCP/IP) computer address the owner of the system must register the computer with ITS network services. The rules and regulations contained in this policy pertaining to electronic mail and Internet access are equally applicable to the use of personal machines for file sharing or as servers. If bandwidth or other problems occur, ITS reserves the right to discontinue access to the machine. Computers connected to the network may not be used as servers for private enterprises, commercial activity, or personal profit. Computers connected to the network may not be used to provide access to the Internet for anyone not formally affiliated with the College. If personal computers on the Hamilton network are used as servers, the administrator has the additional responsibility to respond to any use of the server that is in violation of these policies and procedures. Server administrators must take steps to prevent recurrence of such violations and report these violations to the Hamilton Network Administrator (hostmaster@hamilton.edu). ITS reserves the rights to disconnect any network port whose activity causes an adverse effect on the network or on any other user. Network connections may also be revoked in the case of malicious or inappropriate computing activity on the network. See Noncompliance and Sanctions for examples of these activities. ITS reserves the right to restrict access to the network during expansion, or for diagnostic and maintenance services. Every effort will be made to provide advance notification and to schedule such disruptions during times of minimum impact and traffic. Virus Protection Hamilton College requires all computers connected to the network to have up-to-date virus protection. Failure to do so will result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until the situation is corrected. Sophos anti-virus software is provided free to all students. Other anti-virus products may be substituted for Sophos Anti-Virus as long as they are kept current. In addition, all attachments to e-mail sent to the Hamilton mail server are scanned for viruses. If an attachment is found to be infected it is deleted and a text file is attached to the e-mail message (called substitute.txt) informing the receiver that the attachment was infected with a virus. The receiver can then contact the sender to have the message retransmitted after the attachment has been cleaned of the virus. Windows Updates All computers running the Microsoft Windows operating system and connected to the Hamilton College network must be kept up-to-date with critical service updates from Microsoft. Failure to do so will result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until the situation is corrected. Individuals wanting to request an exception to the Windows update policy must do so in writing to the Vice President for Information Technology. Network Connections in Departments All offices, laboratories, and classrooms on campus are wired for access to the network. If departments request additional network jacks, or if network connections need to be moved to different locations, the department should request this service through ITS. The department will be billed for charges resulting from moves, additions, and changes. Network connections, wiring, equipment, or jacks may not be altered or extended beyond the location of their intended use. Any costs incurred to repair damages to a network, telephone, or cable television jack in a department will be billed to that department. Dial-Up Connections For all campus users the primary access to Hamilton computing services is through the campus network. Dial-in access via modem is not provided.  
  • Policies - Electronic Mail (E-mail) & Listserv (Mass E-mail lists) Email Department or Group Accounts By special permission, college departments and student groups will be granted a single account to facilitate connections between the department or group and interested parties. The department or group must identify one person to be responsible for the account and to act as the contact person. In addition, student organizations must be registered with the Office of Student Activities before an account will be granted. Appropriate Use of E-mail Hamilton strongly recommends that e-mail not be used for confidential communication. E-mail is now considered a formal written record that carries the same legal weight as a formal memorandum. Users of e-mail should remember that e-mail messages become the possession of the receiver and can be easily duplicated and redistributed by recipients. Messages that have been deleted can unintentionally be retained on system backup files. In addition, even secure passwords are not completely confidential. When a private message needs to be conveyed between two individuals, a conversation is the best way to accomplish it, and messages that should not be preserved should be deleted immediately. College policy prohibits certain types of e-mail. These include mail that may be perceived as harassment, political campaigning, chain mail or commercial solicitation. Violators will be subject to loss of computer access privileges, as well as additional disciplinary action as determined by the Hamilton judiciary procedures. Certain types of e-mail, including but not limited to harassing e-mail, may also subject the sender to civil or criminal penalties. In spite of College policy, e-mail can be abused by malicious users who know the owner's computing ID and password. Users are responsible for protecting their own passwords. ListServ Lists ListServ is a commercial software product installed on our E-mail system. It is designed to provide an easy way to create and maintain large E-mail mailing lists. These lists can be used for the one-way distribution of information, for E-mail based discussion, questions and answers, etc. Lists are created and "owned" by an E-mail user who manages the list?s behavior. Any faculty, staff, or student member of the Hamilton College community is entitled to become a ListServ list owner. Campus-based organizations and departments are also entitled to own lists, but an individual within the group must be designated as the list owner. Students must be in good standing with the Dean of Students office and student organizations must be registered with the Office of Student Activities. All lists must be approved by the ITS ListServ administrator prior to creation, but the following general guidelines apply: The purpose of the list must pertain to Hamilton College business. Lists are not open to off-campus subscribers unless special permission is obtained. However, Hamilton College students or employees who use off-campus E-mail addresses are allowed to own and belong to lists. It is the list owner's responsibility to learn the commands necessary to manage the list's subscribers. Under no circumstances can a list be used to participate in or promote activities that are illegal, violate the Hamilton College code of conduct, or the Hamilton College Honor code. To apply for list ownership and select a list type, please read Becoming a ListServ List Owner from which you can create your list. Return to Main Listserv Page ListServ Mass Mailing Lists Effective July 1, 2010 As a service to the Hamilton College community, several e-mail based mass mailing lists have been created. These are designed to facilitate the timely and cost-effective distribution of information to the campus community. E-mail now reaches almost all faculty, administration and staff (members of M & O generally don't use computers in connection with their responsibilities) and students. Participation in the mass mailing lists is voluntary. In order that these lists remain a reliable means of communication, it is important that members of the Hamilton community abide by a few guidelines. These guidelines are not designed to limit free speech but are intended to keep your mail volume at a reasonable level. Most importantly, anonymous mailings are prohibited. The sender's real name must be identified (in full) within the body of the message - not just at the top in the "from" line. There are two sets of mass mailing lists, one for announcement of events and the other for general campus notices. The guidelines for use of these lists are explained below. Events By an "event" we mean an activity (meeting, performance,, lecture, etc.) that takes place on- or off-campus at a specific date and time and is sponsored, or co-sponsored by either an academic or administrative department/program or a student organization recognized by Student Activities.   Sponsorship means that the chair of a College department, program or organization indicates that the organization supports the event and that members of the College are actively involved in organizing the event (e.g., as speakers). If someone other than the organizer(s) makes the event announcement, they share in the responsibility for adhering to the guidelines. Posting to the lists will be limited to all employees and two* student representatives, or the e-mail account assigned to each student organization recognized by Student Activities. Violations by the student representatives will accrue to the organization they represent regardless of whether the violator acted alone. An event will be limited to two posts to the mass mailing lists. Corrections count as one of the two messages. If an event is cancelled or postponed, two additional notices are allowed. Each message must have a subject line that is descriptive of the event The first 4 lines of the message must contain: Date and time of the event Sponsor of the event Name of the event Location of the event The remainder of the message should be a short description of the event. [Note that if you include graphics you may exceed the limit of 25 MB for the message. Such messages will be rejected.] Clarification: Posting a message to an inappropriate list is a violation (e.g., posting a message intended for students to the events-all  list) The mass e-mail lists for posting events are: a. Events-students@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to students) b. Events-20xx@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to students in a particular class year, where xx is the last two digits of the class year) c. Events-faculty@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the faculty) d. Events-staff@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the staff) e. Events-admin@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the administration) f.  Events-maintop@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of Maintenance and Operations) g. Events-employees@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to employees) h. Events-all@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to both students and employees) The notices mass e-mail lists will be used only for the following general categories. A non-comprehensive bulleted list of examples is provided for each category. Announcement of Hamilton deadlines, policies and procedures These announcements must come from individuals representing the administrative or academic departments responsible for the deadline, policy or procedure being addressed (e.g. drop-add, parking permits, library books due) Reports from Hamilton organizations or departments These reports must come from individuals representing the academic or administrative offices, or student organizations recognized by Student Activities who generated the reports (e.g., Minutes of Student Assembly, Agendas, reports from faculty meetings, Honor Court decisions, results of campus-wide initiatives or community events such as United Way, Heart Walk & Run, announcement of appointments). Notification of the availability of, or changes in, Hamilton College services or facilities These notices must come from individuals representing the academic or administrative departments, or student organizations recognized by Student Activities who are responsible for the services or facilities being addressed (e.g., dining and fitness center schedules, availability of Hamilton housing, IT and library services, department newsletters, availability of Hamilton-sponsored publications, Campus Safety announcements, sales in the College Store, Physical Plant notices, fund raising activities for Hamilton organizations, fund raising activities approved by Office of the President (for employees) or by the Student Activities Office (for students)). Surveys Student-initiated surveys must be related to the academic program and endorsed by a faculty mentor.  The request for such surveys must be submitted by the faculty mentor. These surveys must be sent to exception@hamilton.edu for prior approval. Student organizations recognized by Student Activities can submit surveys directly to the student lists. These must be surveys that will only be given to students. Surveys related to college business or faculty research may be submitted directly to the lists. Notices from members of the senior staff directly related to their areas of responsibility The mass e-mail lists for posting notices are: a. Notices-students@listserv.hamilton.edu(sent only to students) b. Notices-20xx@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to students in a particular class year, where xx is the last two digits of the class year) c.  Notices-faculty@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the faculty) d. Notices-staff@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the staff) e. Notices-admin@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the administration) f.  Notices-maintop@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of Maintenance and Operations) g. Notices-employees@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to employees) h. Notices-all@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to both students and employees) Please consider your audience carefully (e.g., do not send a mailing to "all" if you only need to reach students).Examples of inappropriate uses include, but are not limited to: Personal opinion, public debate, or campaigning Announcements should not attempt to sell the reader on a point of view.   The information provided should be as factual as possible and sufficient enough to explain the purpose of the announcement. If additional background information is necessary, a web link may be included.  A message that contains no actual announcement (e.g. does not meet the criteria listed above for an event or a non-event) is a violation. Give-aways (personal property such as furniture, tickets, equipment, books, etc.) Surveys other than those specified above Chain mail Lost and found (except when it is Hamilton College property, or involves animals) there is a Lost and Found channel in My Hamilton. Requests for rides (there is a Rides channel in My Hamilton) Items for sale - or items desired (including houses, tickets, books, services, etc.) There is a marketplace channel in My Hamilton that can be used for this purpose.   Exceptions to the Guidelines: Messages that Fall Outside the Guidelines, or from senders not approved for Mass Mail: Any individual wanting to post a message to the mass e-mail lists that falls outside of the guidelines, can request that the message be posted by sending a request for an exception to: exception@hamilton.edu. The request will be directed to the appropriate member of the senior staff for approval. Approval or denial will be communicated to the person making the request. Requests for exceptions should be sent at least two business days in advance of the time the posting is to take place. Penalties for Violations: A first time violation will result in the removal of posting (sending) privileges to the mass lists for a period of one month (not including breaks). A second violation will result in the removal of both posting and receiving messages to/from the mass lists for a period of one month (not including breaks). A third violation will result in the loss of posting and receiving privileges for the equivalent of a full semester. A fourth violation will result in the individual being referred to the appropriate judicial body dealing with employees or students. Violations are cumulative for as long as you are at Hamilton (or four years for employees). Loss of privileges applies to all the mass lists. Violators may appeal their penalty by submitting their reasons in writing to the chair of the Committee on Information Technology. The Committee will review the appeal and return a decision within 5 business days. During the appeal process the penalty will be suspended. [Return to Main Listserv Page] For questions about these Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards, contact: David Smallen Vice President for Information Technology, Hamilton College 315-859-4169
External Hard Drive
  • Data Backup and Storage External Hard Drive Introduction Imagine if all of the work that you spent hours completing suddenly disappeared and there were no way to bring it back from oblivion. A nightmarish scenario to be sure! Unfortunately, many face it every semester: ITS often assists students and employees whose computers have malfunctioned while either working on or after finishing some assignment, typically when such a loss is most painful and difficult to recover from. Thankfully, with a very little effort, this scenario can be easily avoided. Backing up your files serves many purposes. Beyond preventing a catastrophic loss of data, proper organization of one's data and easy options for retrieval will facilitate one's work at Hamilton and beyond, viz. graduate school, internships, and possibly future employment Storage Solution Finder External Hard Drive Employee Network Storage 1 Academic Server 2 Google Drive Flash Drive Dropbox or Similar Documents ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Images ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Music ✓   ✓ ✓ Video ✓   ✓     Computer Backup ✓ ✓       Easy Sharing     ✓ ✓   is a solution that should not be used for sensitive or confidential information, e.g. bank account numbers, passwords, social security numbers, health information. 1 This solution is only available to staff and faculty. 2 This solution is for academic purposes (e.g. Coursework) only. And only members of the Faculty and Staff can request folders be created on the Academic Server.              
FTP
  • Windows Web Publishing FTP Windows users can connect to the web server using Windows networking. This will make your web space appear as a disk or folder on your personal computer, allowing you to drag and drop files and folders to and from the web server, just as you do for other disks on your system.   Windows 7/Vista Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" into the search box and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on Network and select Map Network Drive... In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Windows XP   Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Choose Run In the open field of the dialog box, type \\Polaris Click OK The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on My Network Places and select Map Network Drive. In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people Click OK The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Troubleshooting Please contact the Help Desk x4181 if you are having trouble connecting to Polaris.
Google Docs
  • Data Backup and Storage Google Docs Introduction Imagine if all of the work that you spent hours completing suddenly disappeared and there were no way to bring it back from oblivion. A nightmarish scenario to be sure! Unfortunately, many face it every semester: ITS often assists students and employees whose computers have malfunctioned while either working on or after finishing some assignment, typically when such a loss is most painful and difficult to recover from. Thankfully, with a very little effort, this scenario can be easily avoided. Backing up your files serves many purposes. Beyond preventing a catastrophic loss of data, proper organization of one's data and easy options for retrieval will facilitate one's work at Hamilton and beyond, viz. graduate school, internships, and possibly future employment Storage Solution Finder External Hard Drive Employee Network Storage 1 Academic Server 2 Google Drive Flash Drive Dropbox or Similar Documents ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Images ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Music ✓   ✓ ✓ Video ✓   ✓     Computer Backup ✓ ✓       Easy Sharing     ✓ ✓   is a solution that should not be used for sensitive or confidential information, e.g. bank account numbers, passwords, social security numbers, health information. 1 This solution is only available to staff and faculty. 2 This solution is for academic purposes (e.g. Coursework) only. And only members of the Faculty and Staff can request folders be created on the Academic Server.              
Google Talk
  • Create a High-Quality Videoconference Google Talk Environment Optimization Regardless which videoconferencing solution is chosen for the communication, it will be important to prepare the location where your call will take place so as to realize the most optimal, standard experience for all involved parties. General Considerations Regardless of the conversation type, if the communication is high-risk/high-value, at least one test should be performed with all participants before the actual conversation. Remember that accidents can happen: pets can meander into the conversation and voice their opinions, cell phones have the potential of ringing, and items can fall and clatter. While all participants should attempt to prepare for these eventualities, it is best to just accept that they are a part of the conversation, a normative experience, and therefore look past them. Remember that participants within the domain of the webcam and the microphone are involved in the videoconference: anything uttered or any act performed within range of either device will be transmitted to all participants. It behooves everyone to be aware (by dint of the Preview available on all computers/software) of what will be seen and heard before the videoconference begins. As the character Doctor Emmett Brown opined in the movie Back to the Future, "no wonder your president has to be an actor, [they] have to look good on television." Lighting Proper lighting is an essential ingredient for a successful, high-quality videoconference. "A webcam isn't the most flattering piece of technology," according to Stephen Winzenburg in an article for the Winter/Spring 2012 edition of the Chronicle of Higher Education, "[it can] make you appear gaunt, overweight, beady eyed, or narcoleptic. And often you look all those things at the same time." To ensure that all participants see each other in the best possible light, everyone should: Ensure your environment is well-lit--turn on as many lights as possible; Be mindful of such issues as camera angle, background, and any other light sources that might affect the conversation; A room with a window might be a nice place to have a chat, but the sun streaming in can wreak havoc on the quality of the conversation; If you must have a conversation in a room with a window, be sure to test your setup around the same time you anticipate having the conversation to ensure a uniform experience; Test, test, test, test, test: almost all software and computers have the ability to provide participants with a preview and this preview is what other participants will actually see--make sure the contents of the preview are what you want the other participants to see.  If a high-quality conversation is desired, it may behoove participants to purchase a dedicated webcam. ITS has enjoyed success with devices like the Microsoft LifeCam HD-6000. Sound Problems with sound are reliable sources of videoconferencing woes. In addition to the ambient noise issue covered in the "Location" section, there are other potential problems one should be aware of: Echo/Feedback A problem arises whenever a sound input is colocated with a sound output: If you put a microphone IN FRONT of a speaker, a positive feedback loop will be generated, i.e. loud, screechy, piercing sound that is painful. Be sure either to place the speaker far away from the microphone, wear headphones to ameliorate the problem, or invest in a microphone with integrate anti-feedback technology. Most laptops, all-in-one desktops (e.g. the iMac), and smartphones have built-in webcameras, microphones, and speakers. While they are sometimes configured to interoperate without generated feedback, one cannot rely on them working perfectly, especially for high-value conversations. All participants are STRONGLY encouraged to wear headphones to eliminate echoing/feedback. Configuration The peripherals required to perform a videoconference interoperate well, but are susceptible to problems.  If participants are unable to hear each other, see each other, or connect, there may be a problem with the configuration of the peripherals, the software for the chat (e.g. Skype, Google Talk), or the drivers that the computer uses to communicate with the devices. While easier with the built-in microphone, webcam, speaker setup, problems can plague those setups. ITS strongly recommends testing the full setup before any videoconference. If problems are identified before the actual conversation, chances are better that they can be troubleshooted and resolved without conflicting with the actual conversation. Accessibility Issues Hearing Aids/Lipreaders All communications conducted using these solutions will be affected to varying degrees by synchronicity issues. For example: participants may notice that mouths move independently of the sound they generate. While this is becoming a normative experience, it can be jarring, especially for those who need to read lips to understand what is being said. Proper balancing of audio is also key to ensure that participants whose hearing is impaired can participate equally in the conversation
. Location Through the miracle of modern technology, these conversations can now take place at any time and in any location, e.g. cafés, libraries, street corners, dorm rooms, hospitals, vel sim. Just because they can take place in every location does not necessarily mean they ought to take place in every location. Both parties should consider: The ambient noise in their respective environments--loud environs equals bad conversations; The people whom they might affect with the conversation--not everyone needs to be privy to the conversation; The speed of the internet conections at the locations--a low-speed DSL connection will not create a good videoconferencing experience (You can test your bandwidth here.)
  • ITS Videochat Cart Google Talk Overview Videochats on personal and office computers are usually high quality and sufficient for most purposes. However, there are high-rask and/or high-value conversations (e.g. job interviews) for which a dedicated, dependable solution for Faculty and Staff is absolutely necessary. To satisfy this requirement, ITS created four ITS Videochat Carts, which are located in Burke Library, Spencer House, KJ, and the Taylor Science Center. Each cart is equipped with a large LCD screen; a high-fidelity videocamera and microphone; an ITS-managed computer on which all videoconferencing software is installed; all of the necessary peripherals to operate the setup; and relevant documentation. ITS has carefully configured each cart to ensure that all components interact properly and well. Reserving and Using the Cart Reserving the Cart Employees can reserve an ITS Videochat Cart via the Campus Events calendar. You must reserve a space in Burke Library, the Taylor Science Center, Spencer House, or Kirner-Johnson--the home buildings of each cart--at least seven days prior to the videoconference. While completing your room reservation, be sure to indicate that you intend to videoconference. You will also need to submit your Skype or Google Chat handle. Testing ITS strongly encourages you to visit the Information Commons desk on the first floor of the Burke Library or the AV office in Kirner-Johnson Room 222e at least two days in advance of the event to test the Videochat Cart and the service to be used for the call. If you perform this test call, ITS can also provide staff support for your actual call if problems arise. APPOINTMENTS CAN BE MADE HERE (Needs to be created) Ideally, a test call will be performed with the other participant(s), but this may not be feasible. ITS also recommends you follow the our "Create a High-Quality Videoconference Guide" to make your call the highest-possible-quality. Tandberg Videoconferences What is a Tandberg Videoconference? A Tandberg unit provides an unparalleled, high quality videoconference call via sophisticated hardware and support. Why are Tandberg Videoconferences handled differently? The process for configuring and running a Tandberg-facilitated videoconference is by far more complicated than a videoconference facilitated by Google Talk, Skype, or OoVoo: All participants in the call must have Tandberg units or rent time at a facility equipped with Tandberg units; There is a fee for using a Tandberg unit; Tandberg units at Hamilton are permanently stationed in Burke Library, the Levitt Center, and the Taylor Science Center; Tandberg videoconferences absolutely must be directly supported by a member of Audiovisual Services. How can I tell if I should use a Tandberg Unit? ITS recommends a Tandberg videoconference only for highest-priority calls (e.g final interviews for a high-ranking position.) Skype and Google Talk have been used many times for interviews and courses on campus and are deemed completely satisfactory by users. As always, ITS welcomes a conversation about your needs and will be happy to provide a recommendation at any time; please contact Audiovisual Services at avs@hamilton.edu or x4120.  I need to use the Tandberg unit. What should I do? Faculty must fill out the TANDBERG VIDEOCONFERENCE REQUEST FORM (Needed); Staff may use the Tandberg units for interviews with prospective employers, but the request must be initiated at Human Resources. Students may use the Tandberg units for interviews with prospective employers, but the request must be initiated at the Career Center.
  • Videoconferencing Guide Google Talk Solutions NOTE: Please click the name of the solution to select it. Also, please hover over links in the table for more information. Scenarios Google Talk Skype OoVoo ITS Videochat Cart Person-to-PersoIf your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS recommends you purchase a Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that EMPLOYEES may check out. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information.n Communication ✓ ✓ ✓   Guest SpeakerIf you wish to use a larger display or projector for your conversation, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on suitable locations. ✓ ✓     Multi-person Conversations   (!Free: 25 audio 2 video For-Fee Features: 25 Audio 10 Video) ✓12 or fewer participants.   High-Quality, High-Risk ConversationsSolution for EMPLOYEES only. Students who need an extremely high quality video conversation should contact the Career Center (x4346.)       ✓ Share Computer Screen   (!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me (!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me    Maximum Number of Participants 2 audio or video Available for a fee.25 Audio 2 Video/25 VideoFor a fee. 12 Audio/Video   Available Resources If you wish to videoconference via a larger display or projector, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on locations. If your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that may be checked out by Staff and Faculty for videoconferences. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information. Should you wish to purchase your own webcam/microphone unit, ITS recommends you purchase the Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. If you intend to use your own laptop for the videoconference, please note that you may need an adaptor to connect it to the screens or projectors in various rooms on campus. If needed and based on availability, Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can provide Staff and Faculty with an adaptor to connect your computer. Please also have a look at our "Create a High-Quality Videoconference Guide" to make your call the highest-possible-quality. 
  • Videoconferencing using Google Talk Google Talk
Hamilton Website
  • Assistant Web Developer Training Tasks Hamilton Website Purpose The outline below provides guidelines for training a new web team employee. Training should be tailored to the employee’s existing skill set. As such, training elements can be added and/or removed as needed. Administrative New Employee paperwork Requires: Two forms of identification as described at http://www.uscis.gov/files/form/i-9.pdf Canceled check for direct deposit form Discuss, create schedule Contact Help Desk regarding new employee user account Add user to Web Admins or Web Students group Schedule   Orientation Time Sheets Labor Time Tracker Break Room Restrooms Hours Campus Safety: Parking Sticker Webhelp Schedule Monitoring E-mail Account Setup/Thunderbird Configuration Name, Office, Phone, E-mail, Request Summary   Training HTML Javascript HTML DOM  CSS ColdFusion (Lynda.com CDs: Essential, Beyond the Basics, What’s New in CF9) SQL Fundamentals JQuery Essential Training: Lynda.com See Maureen Scoones for log in. Hamilton Development Environment Server Environment Test & Live SiteManager & Templates Trusted Cache Version Control Sample Application 1 Quatrino has project proposal Form to Database/E-mail Code Reviews Sample Application 2 Quatrino has project proposal CRUD Interface (CReate, Update, Delete) Code Reviews Generator Bug Log Application Inventory/Case Tracking Web Support Form Email, clear, thorough descriptions are important.   Begin Standard Responsibilities Application Development System Support    
  • SiteManager - How do I add a page or file? Hamilton Website Add a Page or File NOTE: SiteManager can be used both on and off the Hamilton campus. Within the site/section where you want to add the new page, click on Add a page.   Enter a Page Title. The Page Title is what appears in your list of pages and in the blue band at the top of the web page.  If you include spaces within your title, the address will include hyphens where you had spaces. Choose a Page Type. The Page Type can be either Web Page or downloadable file, e.g. PDF, Word or Excel document. If uploading a file, click on Browse and locate and select the file to upload.  If the file is not a PDF and you want to convert it, check the box to Convert to PDF. The page will inherit the template design of the site/section. Click on Submit. Related Links How do I delete a page? How do I edit a page/replace a downloadable file?
  • SiteManager - How do I add audio/video? Hamilton Website Add Audio NOTE: Accepted File Types:  MP3 Select the Audio module. Find Media tab:  search for media you or others have already added. Add New Media tab:  add new audio files for immediate or later use. My Media tab:  see all audio media you have uploaded.   When you’ve found the audio file, select insert. Adding Video NOTE: Accepted File Types:  Flash (FLV) and Quicktime (MOV) (DV) NOTE: Files must be limited to 500 MB Select the Video module. The video media library will look exactly like the audio media library. Find Media tab:  search for media you or others have already added. Add New Media tab:  add new video files for immediate or later use. My Media tab:  see all video media you have uploaded. When you’ve found your video file, select insert.
  • SiteManager - How do I add comments? Hamilton Website Add Comments Select the Comments module. Settings Tab – Set Type of Comments: Moderated – add the list of moderators Not Moderated Comments Tab – See the comments posted, approve to show on page. Add Custom Content NOTE: Only use if you have knowledge of HTML. Select the Custom Content module. Enter your HTML code and click on save. Add Google Forms and Calendars Select the Google Forms and Calendars module. Follow the instructions in the box and click on Save. Add a Google Map Select the Google Map module. Fill in the information and click on Save. Add Hamilton News Select the Hamilton News module. Fill in the information and click on Save. Add Navigation Select the Navigation module. NOTE: Links will appear as the default heading. That can be changed later. Under your heading, enter a title and a URL, either by choosing a page or entering a specific URL, then click save. Repeat the previous step for all other links you want to add. Add Site Contact Information Select the Site Contact module. Fill in the information and click save. If the information is already in the text and correct, click save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add custom content? Hamilton Website Add Custom Content NOTE: Only use if you have knowledge of HTML. Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module. Enter your HTML code and click on save. Add Facebook Like Button Click on Add Content and select the custom content module. In a separate window or tab, go to http://developers.facebook.com/docs/reference/plugins/like/ Enter the URL of the Facebook page for which you want to create a like button. Uncheck send button. Click Get code. Select the IFRAME option and copy the code. In your content module, paste the code and click save. Add Facebook Feed NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module. Insert the following code (Include < and at the beginning of the code and remove the spaces in < / iframe>): iframe allowtransparency="true" src="http://www.facebook.com/connect/connect.php?id=###############&connections=0&stream=1" style="border: none; width: 300px; height: 380px;" frameborder="1" scrolling="no"> < / iframe> Insert your Facebook page's 10 or 15-digit id in place of the 15 # symbols. Your page's id is normally at the end of your page's URL. (You will need another tab/window to get to the Facebook page) If not, follow these instructions: On your page, right click and select view page source. In the Source Code, search (Control F on Windows, Cmd F on Mac) for profile_id=. Following that portion of the code is a 10 or 15-digit id. Insert that in place of the 15 # symbols. Click save. Add Twitter Feed NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module In a new tab, go to https://twitter.com/about/resources/widgets/widget_profile Select a username (the twitter feed you would like your website to follow). Once you've finished editing the other preferences (we do not recommend editing appearance or dimensions), click finish & grab code. Copy that code and paste it into the custom content module and click save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add Facebook Plugins? Hamilton Website Add Facebook Like Button Click on Add Content and select the custom content module. In a separate window or tab, go to http://developers.facebook.com/docs/reference/plugins/like/ Enter the URL of the Facebook page for which you want to create a like button. Uncheck send button. Click Get code. Select the IFRAME option and copy the code. In your content module, paste the code and click save. Add Facebook Feed NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module. Insert the following code (Include < and at the beginning of the code and remove the spaces in < / iframe>): iframe allowtransparency="true" src="http://www.facebook.com/connect/connect.php?id=###############&connections=0&stream=1" style="border: none; width: 300px; height: 380px;" frameborder="1" scrolling="no"> < / iframe> Insert your Facebook page's 10 or 15-digit id in place of the 15 # symbols. Your page's id is normally at the end of your page's URL. (You will need another tab/window to get to the Facebook page) If not, follow these instructions: On your page, right click and select view page source. In the Source Code, search (Control F on Windows, Cmd F on Mac) for profile_id=. Following that portion of the code is a 10 or 15-digit id. Insert that in place of the 15 # symbols. Click save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add Google Forms, Calendars, and Maps? Hamilton Website Add Google Forms and Calendars Click on an Add Content button and select the Google Forms and Calendars module. Follow the instructions in the box and click on Save. Add a Google Map Click on an Add Content button and select the Google Map module. Fill in the information and click on Save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add Hamilton News? Hamilton Website Add Hamilton News NOTE: Academics Sites do not have this module; they have an "Article Database" module, which is currently unusable. Click on an Add Content button and select the Hamilton News module. Fill in the information (be sure to enter tags or no articles will display!) and click on Save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add Navigation? Hamilton Website Add Navigation Click on an Add Content button and select the Navigation module. NOTE: Links will appear as the default heading. That can be changed later. Under your heading, enter a title and a URL, either by choosing a page or entering a specific URL, then click save. (NOTE: If you are linking to a website outside of hamilton.edu, we suggest checking new window.) Repeat the previous step for all other links you want to add. NOTE: All navigation modules on the official (www) Hamilton site must be accordion.
  • SiteManager - How do I add new media? Hamilton Website The Web Media Library The Web Media Library holds image, audio, and video assets. Add Assets to the Web Media Library  You can get to the Web Media Library via: From within SiteManager, click on the Web Media Library tab. When in the editing mode, follow the steps above to Add Content, choosing the Audio, Images, or Video option. When in the text editing mode, click on the Image icon   on the toolbar. Click on the Add New Media tab. NOTE:  Manipulation of assets should be done BEFORE adding them to SiteManager,  For example, you can resize images in SiteManager, but you cannot edit them, e.g. crop or fix red eye. The Name field is required.  Use names that accurately describe the image.  Appropriately named images will allow for easier retrieval by you and by other web editors at a future time. Click on the Select Media button to locate the audio file, image, or video on your hard drive, network space, CD, etc. If you’d like, you can add a Caption or Attribution. If you want to share this asset with others, leave the box next to Private unchecked, otherwise click once in the box to check it.  You will be the only person able to see and edit this image. Click on Save Media.
  • SiteManager - How do I add text? Hamilton Website Add Text Click on an Add Content button and select the Text module. Enter your text in the Edit Content window. Click Save. Paste Text from Word Chances are that you already have the text for your page typed, most likely in Microsoft Word.  When pasting into the Edit Content Window, all of the formatting will be stripped. If, however, you drag and drop the text, the formatting will be preserved. Styles The styles available for you to use when formatting your pages are dependent on the Template.  These are predefined styles and cannot be changed, i.e. use a different color, font or size. Styles for pages on http://www.hamilton.edu need to follow the Web Style Guidelines. Apply a Style Select the text to which you want to apply a style. From the Styles menu, choose the desired style. Remove a Style (subject to change)  Select the text for which you want to remove the style. Click on the Remove Format button on the toolbar.
  • SiteManager - How do I add/edit a slideshow? Hamilton Website Add a Slideshow Click on an Add Content button and select the Slideshow module. Click on Add Image. Search for or upload your images. Click on Insert. Add your next image. Rearrange your images using drag and drop. Click on the Advanced tab to set how your slideshow will play. Click on Save Settings.
  • SiteManager - How do I add/edit images? Hamilton Website Add Images Accepted File Types:  JPG, GIF, and PNG    Images can be added in one of two ways: In their own Content module:  Select the Images module. Within a Text module, e.g. if you want your text to flow around an image:  Click on the Image   button on the toolbar within the text editor.  Click on Browse Server. Does the image you need already exist?  If you are not sure, search for it. Type in a search term under Search and click on Search Images. To use an image that already exists, click on the Insert. On the Basic tab, select the size of the image, choose to include the caption and/or attribution associated with the image. On the Advanced tab, if applicable, define a link to associate with the image, and/or a custom width and height. Click on Insert Media. If you are inserting the image within a Text module, the Image Properties window will appear at which point you can add Alternative Text (important for people using screen readers), change the size of the image (measured in pixels), add a border to it (the images on our site have a border of zero), add horizontal or vertical space (so the image is not so close to the text), and finally, choose how you want it aligned. Click OK. Edit Your Image SiteManager cannot edit images. For advice on editing images, see here.
  • SiteManager - How do I delete a page? Hamilton Website Delete a Page Click on the Delete icon next to the name of the page. Click on OK in the window that appears to delete the page.
  • SiteManager - How do I edit a page/replace a downloadable file? Hamilton Website Edit Pages There are two ways to get into edit mode: Within SiteManager, click on the Edit button next to the page you want to edit. In your browser window navigate to the page you want to edit and hit the key.  If you navigate to the page and you are not logged into My Hamilton, you will be prompted to login. Your page will appear the editing tools layered on top of it, shown below. [NOTE:  If you do not have the rights to edit a page, you will see the message:  You do not have permission to access this page.]
  • SiteManager - How do I edit content modules? Hamilton Website Edit Content When you mouse over a module, it will be highlighted in yellow.  You have three choices: Move the module:  Click on the two vertical lines and drag the module above or below another module.  Please note, you can only move modules within the same content areas. Edit the content:  Click on the Edit button.  The editing options are dependent upon the type of content module. Change Options: Settings:  Change the Layout and Style of the module box. 1/3 Width, 1/2 Width, 2/3 Width, Full Width:  By default a module spans the Full Width of the designated column. Sets how much space the content uses in the column Inherit:  Typically used in conjunction with Lock.  Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section. Lock:  Typically used in conjunction with Inherit.  Ensures the Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section. Remove: Deletes the content.  
  • SiteManager - How do I edit textboxes? Hamilton Website Table of Contents The Editing Tools Insert/Edit E-mail Link The Edit Toolbar Insert/Edit Anchor Insert/Edit URL Link Insert/Edit Image Remove a Link Insert/Edit Table The Editing Tools SiteManager provides a full set of tools to simplify the process of editing your pages.  Please be aware that although it looks like a toolbar you would find in Microsoft Word, editing a web page differs from editing a Word document.  For example, if you hit "enter" when editing a web page, you will automatically get double spacing, also known as a paragraph break. To get single spacing you have to hit "shift" "enter", also known as a line break. The Edit Toolbar Insert/Edit URL Link  Highlight the text or image you want to become a link. Click on the Insert/Edit Link   button on the toolbar. Under Link Type, select URL. Either type or paste a link in the URL box or click on Browse Server. Navigate to the page. Use the preview button to see a preview of the page. Use the link button to insert the page's URL into the URL box. To have the link open in a new browser window, click on the Target tab and from the drop down menu below Target, select New Window (_blank). Click on OK. Remove a Link Highlight the text currently formatted as a link. Click on the Remove Link button.  Insert/Edit E-mail Link Highlight the text you want to become a link. Click on the Insert/Edit Link   button on the toolbar. Under Link Type, select E-mail Type in the E-mail address and if desired, you can also type in the Message Subject and Message Body so that when a visitor clicks on an e-mail link, a portion of the e-mail message is created for them. Click on OK. Insert/Edit Anchor Anchors are used on a page to quickly take a visitor to a specific section of the page. Place the cursor at the beginning of the line where you want the anchor to be. Click on the Insert/Edit Anchor   button. Enter the name of the anchor in the Anchor Properties window that appears. To use the anchor as a link, click on the Insert/Edit Link  button. Under Link Type, select Link to anchor in the text. Select an anchor name from the drop down list. Click on OK. Insert/Edit Image Follow the instruction under Adding Images on “How do I add/edit images?” Insert/Edit Table Use tables when you need to present information that lends itself to a tabular setup. Place the cursor at the point you need the table to appear. Click on the Insert/Edit Table   button on the toolbar. (NOTE: Pressing "tab" in a table will not move you to the next cell.) Width: Measured either in pixels (200 pixels is the default) or as a percent of the module area you are in.  The width of Hamilton pages is 960 pixels. Height:  Measured in pixels. Cell Spacing: sets the amount of space between adjacent layout cells (in pixels).  This value should be less than 5 Cell padding: sets the amount of space between the content of a layout cell and the cell boundary (in pixels).  This value should be less than 5. Headers:  bolds the first row, first column, or both. Border size: specifies the width, in pixels, of the table’s borders.  A border size of zero will produce a borderless table, but you will see gridlines when editing your table. Alignment:  sets the alignment of the whole table.  Since the default size of the table is 100%, he Center and Right choices will appear to have no effect. Click on OK. Once your table is in place, you can right click in a cell or on the table to see the menu of options you can use to edit your table.
  • SiteManager - Registration Tool Hamilton Website Event Registration Tool The event registration tool is a component of SiteManager that allows you to set up events with limited numbers of attendees. To use this tool for the first time, follow these instructions: Go to https://my.hamilton.edu/sitemanager/applications/events/index.cfm Select Add a new Calendar. Create a name for the calendar and press submit. Add other people to edit the events if necessary. Select Manage Events on this Calendar. This will bring you to the event listing, allowing you to create events, and giving you the public URL to the calendar. This URL can be given out to let people register for your events. To create an event, select Add Event. Be sure to enter your information correctly. Once an event is added, you can copy it and change the date to duplicate it. If people have registered for it, you can also manage them, adding or removing people, or editing their information. If you already have a calendar, it will appear on the opening page, from which you can manage it. To publicize your events, you can either submit the event to the Events Calendar, and include the registration link in the description, or you can use Google Calendar, adding the registration link to the description.
  • SiteManager - What are content modules? How do I add them? Hamilton Website What is Content? Content is the material that makes up the pages you create. Depending on the template you are using, you will see between one and five Add Content buttons: SiteHeader Available on academics, people, students, and courses Sitewide Navigation Available on academics, people, students, and courses Left or Left Column Available on all domains, use depends on template Right or Right Column Available on all domains, use depends on template Center or Main Content Available on all domains, use depends on templat Types of Content Modules Audio - Allows you to insert audio files. Available on all site domains Comments - Allows you to create commemnt boxes for visitors. Available on courses, people, and students Custom Content - Allows you to insert HTML Code. (Facebook Like Button/Facebook Feed/Twitter) Available on courses, people and students Google Forms and Calendars - Allows you to upload Forms and Calendars from Google. Available on all site domains Google Map - Allows you to upload a map to the page. Available on all site domains Hamilton News/Article Database Available only on official/Available on courses, people and students Images - Allows you to upload images. Available on all site domains Navigation - Allows you to create a navigation bar on your site. Available on all site domains Site Contact - Allows you to add contact information for a page. Available on all site domains Slideshow - Allows you to create a slideshow on a page. Available on all site domains Text (Add/Edit) - Allows you to add textboxes to a page. Available on all site domains Video - Allows you to add video to a page. Available on all site domains Add Content Click on the Add Content button in the desired area.  Please note:  it is not possible to drag and drop content between content areas. From the drop down menu, choose the type of module you want to add. Click on Add.
  • SiteManager - What are some good publishing practices? Hamilton Website Web publishing: Best practices We’ve put together a few questions (and comments) to guide you through an examination of the content and structure of your Web site. As you begin to use SiteManager to edit and to update your Web pages, please take a few minutes to review these questions, and to think about how you can apply your answers to your Web site. What is the most important information about you? Publish only the content that you can manage comfortably. That content should give the maximum amount of information to the maximum amount of people. Organize your information in a way that will make the most sense to your audience, even if that conflicts with the way that your office is organized. Think about what information from the rest of our Web site might be useful to your audience, and link to it. Trying to replicate it on your site just makes more work for you. When was the last time your Web site was updated? Current and accurate content is essential. If something on your Web site is obviously outdated, your audience will not trust your information. It’s useful to have a schedule of what you need to update, and when. Review any links that you have to make sure they are still valid and useful. What pages on your site require your audience to scroll down through several screens in order to read everything? On the Web, short and simple is best. Keep your information in easy-to-read chunks that your audience can quickly scan. If your text sounds awkward and wordy, it probably is. When editing a page, make use of “bulleted” information, and use clear and useful subheadings to introduce ideas. Who is your audience? A Web page can’t be all things for all people. Consider who your audience is, and decide what you want them to take away from the page.
  • SiteManager - What is a site? How do I navigate one? Hamilton Website What is a site? A site contains a collection of web files on a related subject.  The sites that you have the rights to edit will appear under My Sites.  Click once on the name link to see the contents of the site. Why don’t I see any sites? 1) You have not been given acess to any sites.  a) Did you take a SiteManager training class?  If not, here is the current schedule.  b) Are you editing an official college site? Access is given during the required Working Sessions. 2) You may be using the wrong address. SiteManager exists on five different Hamilton College domains: a) College departments, official college pages:   http://www.hamilton.edu/sitemanager b) Academic department pages and supporting content/sites:   http://academics.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Please note, pages created and maintained by the departments will not replace the Hamilton marketing pages created and maintained by C&D. Department maintained pages are accessed via a link from the official Hamilton pages that reads, " The [department name] department maintains its own Web site. More..." Only sites that display current information will be linked from the official academic page. c) Student organizations:   http://students.hamilton.edu/sitemanager d) All personal sites:   http://people.hamilton.edu/sitemanager e) Sites and content related to course work, academic projects:   http://courses.hamilton.edu/sitemanager f) Conference sites:   http://conferences.hamilton.edu/sitemanager   Navigating Around SiteManager There is a hierarchy that defines the navigation in SiteManager.  Depending on where you are in the hierarchy, you have different options available to you. Home is at the top.  Sites contain sections (organize like items together) and pages. Pages are made up of modules. SiteManager provides “bread crumb trail” navigation, so you can always quickly get to a site, section, or page. Note:  The first page you make in your site is the “home” page, noted by the icon of the house.  Site options: settings Section options: settings, move, delete “Home” page options: view, edit, settings, move, archive, delete Page options: view, edit, settings, move, make home, archive, delete
  • SiteManager 3.0 Hamilton Website Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 1 of 23 SiteManager 3.0 Table of Contents Table of Contents .................................................................................................................1 Log In................................................................................................................................2 What is a site? .....................................................................................................................2 Navigating Around SiteManager .............................................................................................3 Site/Section Settings ............................................................................................................4 Page Settings ......................................................................................................................5 Add a Page..........................................................................................................................6 Delete a Page ......................................................................................................................6 Edit Pages ...........................................................................................................................7 The Content Areas................................................................................................................7 Types of Content Modules .....................................................................................................7 Add Content ........................................................................................................................8 Edit Content ........................................................................................................................8 The Web Media Library .........................................................................................................9 Add Assets to the Web Media Library...................................................................................9 Add Audio (functionality forthcoming) ...................................................................................10 Add Comments ..................................................................................................................11 Add Google Forms ..............................................................................................................12 Add a Google Map ..............................................................................................................12 Add Hamilton News ............................................................................................................12 Add Images.......................................................................................................................13 Edit Your Image (documentation forthcoming)....................................................................14 Add Include Custom File (documentation forthcoming) ...........................................................14 Add Navigation (documentation forthcoming) ........................................................................14 Add Site Contact Information (functionality forthcoming) ........................................................14 Add a Slideshow.................................................................................................................15 Add Text ...........................................................................................................................16 The Editing Tools ............................................................................................................16 The Edit Toolbar .............................................................................................................16 Paste Text from Word......................................................................................................17 Styles...........................................................................................................................17 Insert/Edit URL Link ........................................................................................................18 Remove a Link ............................................................................................................19 Insert/Edit E-mail Link.....................................................................................................19 Insert/Edit Anchor...........................................................................................................20 Insert/Edit Image ...........................................................................................................21 Insert/Edit Table.............................................................................................................21 Adding Video (documentation forthcoming) ...........................................................................22 Log Out............................................................................................................................22 Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 2 of 23 Log In http://wwwtest.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Beta site http://www.hamilton.edu/sitemanager College departments, official college pages http://academics.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Academic department pages and supporting content/sites http://students.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Student organizations http://people.hamilton.edu/sitemanager All personal sites http://courses.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Sites and content related to course work, academic projects http://conferences.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Conference sites You will login with you’re my Hamilton username and password. When you login for the first time, you will see the following screen: What is a site? A site contains a collection of web files on a related subject. The sites that you have the rights to edit will appear under My Sites. Click once on the name link to see the contents of the site. Folders representing sections of your site. Pages at the top level of your site. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 3 of 23 Home Site Section/Pages Site Ex. Information Technology Services Section/Pages Ex. Support Section/Pages Ex. Network Services Section/Pages Ex. Index.html Section/Pages Ex. Web Services Site Section/Pages Navigating Around SiteManager There is a hierarchy that defines the navigation in SiteManager. Depending on where you are in the hierarchy, you have different options available to you. SiteManager provides “bread crumb trail” navigation, so you can always quickly get to a site, section, or page. Note: The first page you make in your site is the “home” page, noted by the icon of the house. Site and section options “Home” page options Page options Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Site/Section Settings Functionality Screen Shots The Basic tab includes the name of the site or section as it appears in SiteManager, and the template applied. Note: Template options subject to change. The Security tab controls Viewing permissions. 1. The View Permissions option allows you to control who is allowed to view the pages and files within a site over the Web. By editing these fields, you restrict access to the site to only those groups and users that you specify. The History tab shows the user that made the previous changes to the site/section. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page Settings Functionality Screen Shots The Basic tab contains: the Title and Page Type (either Web Page or Downloadable file). If you do not Inherit the template from the site/section, the Templates drop down menu will be available to you. The Security Settings section controls Viewing permissions. 1. The View Permissions option allows you to control who is allowed to view the page over the Web. By editing these fields, you restrict access to those pages to only those groups and users that you specify. The History tab shows the user that made the previous changes to the page. The Metadata Settings tab shows the HTML Title. For the time being, this tab does not need to be used. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 6 of 23 Add a Page 1. Within the site/section where you want to add the new page, click on Add a page. 1. The Page Title is what appears in your list of pages and in the blue band at the top of the web page. If you include spaces within your title, the address will include hyphens where you had spaces. 2. The Page Type can be either Web Page or downloadable file, e.g. PDF, Word or Excel document. 3. If uploading a file, click on Browse and locate and select the file to upload. If the file is not a PDF and you want to convert it, check the box to Convert to PDF. 4. The page will inherit the template design of the site/section. Click on Submit. Delete a Page 1. Click on the Delete icon next to the name of the page. 2. Click on OK in the window that appears to delete the page. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 7 of 23 Edit Pages 1. There are two ways to get into edit mode: a. Within SiteManager, click on the Edit button next to the page you want to edit. b. In your browser window navigate to the page you want to edit and hit the <ESC> key. If you navigate to the page and you are not logged into My Hamilton, you will be prompted to login. 2. Your page will appear the editing tools layered on top of it. [NOTE: If you do not have the rights to edit a page, you will see the message: You do not have permission to access this page.] The Content Areas Depending on the template you are using, you will see between one and five Add Content buttons: SiteHeader Available on academics, people, students, and courses Sitewide Navigation Available on academics, people, students, and courses Left or Left Column Available on all domains, use depends on template Right or Right Column Available on all domains, use depends on template Center or Main Content Available on all domains, use depends on template Types of Content Modules Audio Available on all site domains Comments Available on courses, people, and students Google Forms Available on all site domains Google Map Available on all site domains Hamilton News Available on all site domains Images Available on all site domains Include Custom File Available on courses, people and students Navigation Available on all site domains Site Contact Available on all site domains Slideshow Available on all site domains Text Available on all site domains Video Available on all site domains Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 8 of 23 Add Content 1. Click on the Add Content button in the desired area. Please note: it is not possible to drag and drop content between content areas. 2. From the drop down menu, choose the type of module you want to add. 3. Click on Add. Edit Content 1. When you mouse over a module, it will be highlighted in yellow. You have three choices: a. Move the module: Click on the two vertical lines and drag the module above or below another module. Please note, you can only move modules within the same content areas. b. Edit the content: Click on the Edit button. The editing options are dependent upon the type of content module. c. Change Options: i. Settings: Change the Layout and Style of the module box ii. 1/3 Width, 1/2 Width, 2/3 Width, Full Width: By default a module spans the Full Width of the designated column. iii. Inherit: Typically used in conjunction with Lock. Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section. iv. Lock: Typically used in conjunction with Inherit. Ensures the Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 9 of 23 The Web Media Library New in SiteManager 3.0, the Web Media Library holds image, audio, and video assets. Add Assets to the Web Media Library 1. You can get to the Web Media Library via: a. From within SiteManager, click on the Web Media Library tab. b. When in the editing mode, follow the steps above to Add Content, choosing the Audio, Images, or Video option. c. When in the text editing mode, click on the Image icon on the toolbar. 2. Click on the Add New Media tab. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 10 of 23 3. NOTE: Manipulation of assets should be done BEFORE adding them to SiteManager, For example, you can resize images in SiteManager, but you cannot edit them, e.g. crop or fix red eye. 4. The Name field is required. Use names that accurately describe the image. Appropriately named images will allow for easier retrieval by you and by other web editors at a future time. 5. Click on the Select Media button to locate the audio file, image, or video on your hard drive, network space, CD, etc. 6. If you’d like, you can add a Caption or Attribution. 7. If you want to share this asset with others, leave the box next to Private unchecked, otherwise click once in the box to check it. You will be the only person able to see and edit this image. 8. Click on Save Media. Add Audio (functionality forthcoming) Accepted File Types: MP3 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Audio module. a. Find Media tab: search for media you or others have already added. b. Add New Media tab: add new audio files for immediate or later use. c. My Media tab: see all audio media you have uploaded. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 11 of 23 Add Comments 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Comments module. 2. Settings Tab – Set Type of Comments: a. Moderated – add the list of moderators b. Not Moderated 3. Comments Tab – See the comments posted, approve to show on page. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 12 of 23 Add Google Forms 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Google Forms module. Add a Google Map 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Google Map module. 2. Fill in the information and click on Save. Add Hamilton News 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Hamilton News module. 2. Fill in the information and click on Save. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 13 of 23 Add Images Accepted File Types: JPG, GIF, and PNG 1. Images can be added in one of two ways: a. In their own Content module: Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Images module. 2. Within a Text module, e.g. if you want your text to flow around an image: Click on the Image button on the toolbar within the text editor. Click on Browse Server. 3. Does the image you need already exist? If you are not sure, search for it. 4. Type in a search term under Search and click on Search Images. 5. To use an image that already exists, click on the Insert. a. On the Basic tab, select the size of the image, choose to include the caption and/or attribution associated with the image. b. On the Advanced tab, if applicable, define a link to associate with the image, and/or a custom width and height. c. Click on Insert Media. NOTE: The text that appears in the Preview box to the left is known as “Lorem Ipsum” or “dummy” text. It's mostly Latin, and is used extensively in print to replicate what "real" text would look like, without actually having to write anything. In this case, you will be able to see how the image you insert will appear in relation of text which may surround it. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 14 of 23 6. If you are inserting the image within a Text module, the Image Properties window will appear at which point you can add Alternative Text (important for people using screen readers), change the size of the image (measured in pixels), add a border to it (the images on our site have a border of zero), add horizontal or vertical space (so the image is not so close to the text), and finally, choose how you want it aligned. 7. Click OK. Edit Your Image (documentation forthcoming) Add Include Custom File (documentation forthcoming) Add Navigation (documentation forthcoming) 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Navigation module. 2. Add Site Contact Information (functionality forthcoming) 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Site Contact module. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 15 of 23 Add a Slideshow 2. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Slideshow module. 3. Click on Add Image. 4. Search for or upload your images. 5. Click on Insert. 6. Add your next image. 7. Rearrange your images using drag and drop. 8. Click on the Advanced tab to set how your slideshow will play. 9. Click on Save Settings. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 16 of 23 Add Text 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Text module. 2. Enter your text in the Edit Content window. 3. Click Save. The Editing Tools SiteManager provides a full set of tools to simplify the process of editing your pages. Please be aware that although it looks like a toolbar you would find in Microsoft Word, editing a web page differs from editing a Word document. For example, if you hit <Enter> when editing a web page, you will automatically get double spacing, also known as a paragraph break. To get single spacing you have to hit <Shift> <Enter>, also known as a line break. The Edit Toolbar Cut Copy Paste Pop-up Window Roll-over text Check Spelling Spell Check As You Type Undo Redo Find Replace Select All Bold Italic Subscript Superscript Insert/Remove Numbered List Insert/Remove Bulleted List Decrease Indent Increase Indent Left Justify Center Justify Right Justify Insert/Edit Link Remove Link Insert/Edit Anchor Maximize Styles Remove Format Insert/Edit Image Insert/Edit Table Insert Special Character Maximize Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 17 of 23 Paste Text from Word Chances are that you already have the text for your page typed, most likely in Microsoft Word. When pasting into the Edit Content Window, all of the formatting will be stripped Styles The styles available for you to use when formatting your pages are dependent on the Template. These are predefined styles and cannot be changed, i.e. use a different color, font or size. Styles for pages on http://www.hamilton.edu need to follow the Web Style Guidelines (forthcoming). Apply a Style 1. Select the text to which you want to apply a style. 2. From the Styles menu, choose the desired style. Remove a Style (subject to change) 1. Select the text for which you want to remove the style. 2. Click on the Remove Format button on the toolbar. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 18 of 23 Insert/Edit URL Link 1. Highlight the text or image you want to become a link. 2. Click on the Insert/Edit Link button on the toolbar. 3. Under Link Type, select URL. 4. Either type or paste a link in the URL box or click on Browse Server. 5. Navigate to the page. a. Use the preview button to see a preview of the page. b. Use the link button to Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 19 of 23 6. To have the link open in a new browser window, click on the Target tab and from the drop down menu below Target, select New Window (_blank). 7. Click on OK. Remove a Link 1. Highlight the text currently formatted as a link. 2. Click on the Remove Link button. Insert/Edit E-mail Link 1. Highlight the text you want to become a link. 2. Click on the Insert/Edit Link button on the toolbar. 3. Under Link Type, select E-mail. 4. Type in the E-mail address and if desired, you can also type in the Message Subject and Message Body so that when a visitor clicks on an e-mail link, a portion of the e-mail message is created for them. 5. Click on OK. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 20 of 23 Insert/Edit Anchor Anchors are used on a page to quickly take a visitor to a specific section of the page. 1. Place the cursor at the beginning of the line where you want the anchor to be. 2. Click on the Insert/Edit Anchor button. 3. Enter the name of the anchor in the Anchor Properties window that appears. 4. To use the anchor as a link, click on the Insert/Edit Link button. 5. Under Link Type, select Link to anchor in the text. 6. Select an anchor name from the drop down list. 7. Click on OK. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 21 of 23 Insert/Edit Image Follow the instruction under Adding Images on page 13. Insert/Edit Table Known Issue: tables, bulleted lists and numbered lists appear center aligned in the editor, but are aligned correctly (left-aligned) on the actual page. Use tables when you need to present information that lends itself to a tabular setup. 1. Place the cursor at the point you need the table to appear. 2. Click on the Insert/Edit Table button on the toolbar. Width: Measured either in pixels (200 pixels is the default) or as a percent of the module area you are in. The width of Hamilton pages is 960 pixels. Height: Measured in pixels. Cell Spacing: sets the amount of space between adjacent layout cells (in pixels). This value should be less than 5. Cell padding: sets the amount of space between the content of a layout cell and the cell boundary (in pixels). This value should be less than 5. Headers: bolds the first row, first column, or both. Border size: specifies the width, in pixels, of the table’s borders. A border size of zero will produce a borderless table, but you will see gridlines when editing your table. Alignment: sets the alignment of the whole table. Since the default size of the table is 100%, he Center and Right choices will appear to have no effect. 3. Click on OK. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 22 of 23 4. Once your table is in place, you can right click in a cell or on the table to see the menu of options you can use to edit your table. Adding Video (documentation forthcoming) Accepted File Types: Flash (FLV) and Quicktime (MOV) (DV) 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Video module. Log Out When you have finished making changes to your pages, click on Log Out in the top right corner. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 23 of 23 Web publishing: Best practices We’ve put together a few questions (and comments) to guide you through an examination of the content and structure of your Web site. As you begin to use SiteManager to edit and to update your Web pages, please take a few minutes to review these questions, and to think about how you can apply your answers to your Web site. What is the most important information about you? Publish only the content that you can manage comfortably. That content should give the maximum amount of information to the maximum amount of people. Organize your information in a way that will make the most sense to your audience, even if that conflicts with the way that your office is organized. Think about what information from the rest of our Web site might be useful to your audience, and link to it. Trying to replicate it on your site just makes more work for you. When was the last time your Web site was updated? Current and accurate content is essential. If something on your Web site is obviously outdated, your audience will not trust your information. It’s useful to have a schedule of what you need to update, and when. Review any links that you have to make sure they are still valid and useful. What pages on your site require your audience to scroll down through several screens in order to read everything? On the Web, short and simple is best. Keep your information in easy-to-read chunks that your audience can quickly scan. If your text sounds awkward and wordy, it probably is. When editing a page, make use of “bulleted” information, and use clear and useful subheadings to introduce ideas. Who is your audience? A Web page can’t be all things for all people. Consider who your audience is, and decide what you want them to take away from the page.
  • Survey Tool Hamilton Website The Survey Tool is a system used by Hamilton College to develop, send out, and analyze surveys. It is available to faculty, students, and staff. To access it, go to the tools panel in MyHamilton, and under Info. Tech. Services, select Survey Tool. On the page, you will be asked for your username and password. Creating a Survey To create a survey, select New Survey... in the left-hand panel under survey utilities. After choosing to create a new survey, you will be asked to name your survey. You can choose to require login to access the survey. You can use this to limit the survey to the Hamilton Community, or certain parts of it. You can also choose to submit survey once, preventing participants from takng the survey multiple times. This is useful in preventing duplicates from appearing in your data. You can choose to email upon submission, sending an email to a specified address once a survey is submitted. Adding Content to your Survey Select Add Content under survey utilities, and select the survey to which you want to add content. You will be presented with multiple kinds of questions and descriptions for them. Select the kind of question you want, enter the data, and click next or complete, depending on the amount of data necessary for your question. Editing your Survey Select Edit Content under survey utilities, and select the survey to which you want to edit content. The questions in your survey will appear, along with the options to edit or remove them. Publishing Preferences Select Publishing Preferences under survey utilities, and select the survey to which you want to publish. Set a start date and end date. (Optional) Add a header message and a thank you message. Choose whether or not to use ITS Navigation. Click save preferences. Viewing Statistics Select Publishing Preferences under survey utilities, and select the survey to which you want to see data for. Under each question will be a details button, which will give you information on that question. You can also export the result data using the button unde survey utilities to download the data into an excel file. Distributing your Survey To distribute your survey, select the URL button next to the survey title on the upper right corner of the page. Paste that URL into e-mails and other messages so others can take your survey.
  • Web Publishing at Hamilton Hamilton Website Publishing Your Pages How do you get your work onto Hamilton's web server, and how do you get the old, out of date pages off the server? Move files to and from your space on the web server using one of these methods: On-campus Windows - Microsoft Networking Mac OSX Off-campus FTP (File Transfer Protocol) - Multi-Platform   What Is My Web Address (URL)? Do you find the URLs for Hamilton's web site confusing? Wondering about the difference between www.hamilton.edu and academics.hamilton.edu? Here's a quick overview of the different spaces. Understanding Hamilton's Web space   Sign Up for Student Web Space Student Web space is now available through SiteManager, the College's content management system. Please fill out an account request form to get started. Additional Information Guidelines for Use of Student Web Space
  • Web Support Hamilton Website Before you fill out any of the support forms below, you may be able to find the answer to your question on our Web Publishing at Hamilton page. If you need help, or if you have any questions, about Web development at Hamilton College, please select one of the support areas below... The following forms are for assistance with Web Space, Web Accounts, and Web Development ONLY. If you need help with network passwords, Blackboard CourseInfo, hardware, or other issues please contact the Help Desk at x4181, helpdesk@hamilton.edu, or ITS Support. Technical Support and Problems / Bugs / Updates Examples: Broken links, a bug/error in a Web application, change to content or form fields, unable to connect to a specific Web site at Hamilton. Technical/Bug Problem Report   General Contact Form to submit your issue.)---> Sign Up for Student Web Space Student Web space is now available through SiteManager, the College's content management system. Please fill out an account request form to get started. Sign up / Manage Student Web SpaceCurrently Unavailable Contact Web Services at webhelp@hamilton.edu or call 315-859-4932. --->     Account and Password Issues Examples: Give someone access to one of your Web folders, request organization Web space, and other user account-related issues. Account/Password Request   Projects and New Features Examples: Request to develop and new Web application or site, request to add a new feature to an existing Web application. New Project Request Form Feature Request Form (for an existing application/site) General Questions Examples: Comments, Suggestions, anything not covered above. E-mail Web Services at webhelp@hamilton.edu
  • Windows Web Publishing Hamilton Website Windows users can connect to the web server using Windows networking. This will make your web space appear as a disk or folder on your personal computer, allowing you to drag and drop files and folders to and from the web server, just as you do for other disks on your system.   Windows 7/Vista Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" into the search box and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on Network and select Map Network Drive... In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Windows XP   Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Choose Run In the open field of the dialog box, type \\Polaris Click OK The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on My Network Places and select Map Network Drive. In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people Click OK The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Troubleshooting Please contact the Help Desk x4181 if you are having trouble connecting to Polaris.
Hardware
  • Policies - Access to Information Technology Resources Hardware Policies Access to Information Technology Resources Eligibility Information Technology Resources (computer hardware, software, telephone systems, cable television, networks, services, data, and other information) are made available at Hamilton to support and facilitate the teaching, research and administrative functions of the College. Electronic resources include: Group I (electronic mail, listservs, personal calendar, portal, Blackboard course management system, network storage, campus ID card) Group II (Web Advisor) Group III (Login access to Datatel) Access to electronic resources for employees, students, spouses/partners, and alumni is enabled through username and password provided to individuals according to the following guidelines. Non-Faculty Employees are given access to Group I resources upon notification of hire. Access to Group III resources is by request from the Department Head. Non-Faculty employee access to all resources is removed at the end of business on the last date of employment.  As soon as an employee gives notice, he/she should enable a "vacation" (auto-responder) message to indicate his/her last date of employment and to provide correspondents with an alternate address to which they should address future College business.  Employees should also remove any personal e-mail or files from their accounts during this period.  Faculty are given access to Group I resources and Group II resources upon notification of hire. Access to Group III resources is by request by the Dean of Faculty. Faculty access to all resources is removed at the end of business three months after the last date of employment.    A request for a brief extension of e-mail privileges may be made to the Dean of Faculty. Upon request to the Dean of Faculty an emeritus faculty member can retain his/her Hamilton e-mail address for as long as desired. Students are given access to Group I and Group II resources upon making an acceptance deposit to the College. Students who work in administrative offices may be granted limited access to Group III resources. Student access to all resources is removed three months after withdrawal or graduation.   A request for a brief extension of e-mail privileges may be made to the Director, Help Desk and Training Services in ITS. Graduates are automatically eligible for access to the Hamilton alumni directory. As part of the directory, alumni have access to an e-mail forwarding service. Each alumnus can create a username@alumni.hamilton.edu which will automatically forward e-mail to an e-mail account they have with an Internet Service Provider (e.g. AOL). Information Technology Resources (computer hardware, software, telephone systems, cable television, networks, services, data, and other information) are made available at Hamilton to support and facilitate the teaching, research and administrative functions of the College. Access to these resources is provided to employees of the College (faculty, administration, staff, maintenance and operations) and enrolled students consistent with their responsibilities. E-mail accounts are continued for Hamilton alumni for three months after graduation, and may be extended by special request to the e-mail administrator. Other individuals, upon submission of a request, may be granted access to some, or all, of Hamilton's IT resources by the Vice President for Information Technology. Generally, such individuals will have some association with the College. The terms of access will be stated at the time access is granted. Under no circumstance may anyone use College IT resources for profit-making activities, in ways that are illegal (e.g. copyright violations), that threaten the College's tax-exempt or other status, or interfere with reasonable use by other members of the College community. Convention For User Names The standard Hamilton naming convention for access to electronic systems comprises the first initial of the first name, followed by (up to seven characters of) the last name. If duplicates occur, the middle initial is generally used to resolve ambiguity. Access in Residence Halls Residence hall connections are intended to provide students with access to telephone and cable television services, and the campus data network. One telephone, cable television, and data network connection is provided for each student. Network connections, wiring, equipment, or jacks may not be altered or extended beyond the location of their intended use. Students must provide their own telephones, televisions, computers, software, and Ethernet cards that meet minimum Hamilton standards. Information on current minimum standards and recommended configurations is available online. Network standards are updated annually. Any costs incurred to repair damages to a network, telephone, or cable television jack in a residence hall room will be divided equally, and billed to the students residing in that room. Management of Internet Bandwidth The campus network, including our connection to the Internet, is a critical shared resource for supporting the academic program. Uses of our Internet connection that are central to the academic/administrative mission of the college (e.g. access to Hamilton web, e-mail, and Blackboard Courseinfo servers) will receive higher priority during times when classes are in session, offices are open, and in the evenings when preparation takes place (i.e. critical times). Low priority uses, including recreational uses, are peripheral to our mission and will receive lower priority during critical times. Between the hours of 7 a.m. and 2 a.m. each day (critical times): With the exception of web traffic a fixed percentage of bandwidth is allocated between the residence halls and the Internet. Access to the Hamilton e-mail, web, and Blackboard Courseinfo servers from off-campus is the highest priority. Incoming or outgoing web traffic between the Internet and the campus network is the next highest priority. Peer-to-Peer Internet applications (applications for distributing videos, music, software, etc.) receive the lowest priority. Between the hours of 2 a.m. and 7 a.m. (non-critical times): There will be no restrictions on bandwidth. The quality and volume of our Internet traffic is regularly monitored to assure that critical applications are available to members of the community. Hamilton does not monitor the content of traffic on the network. It is the responsibility of each person using college resources, including the network, to do so in an ethical and legal manner. Particular attention should be given to observing copyright laws for digital materials. Personal Computers on the Network Internet addresses are provided dynamically through a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) system. In order to obtain a static Internet (TCP/IP) computer address the owner of the system must register the computer with ITS network services. The rules and regulations contained in this policy pertaining to electronic mail and Internet access are equally applicable to the use of personal machines for file sharing or as servers. If bandwidth or other problems occur, ITS reserves the right to discontinue access to the machine. Computers connected to the network may not be used as servers for private enterprises, commercial activity, or personal profit. Computers connected to the network may not be used to provide access to the Internet for anyone not formally affiliated with the College. If personal computers on the Hamilton network are used as servers, the administrator has the additional responsibility to respond to any use of the server that is in violation of these policies and procedures. Server administrators must take steps to prevent recurrence of such violations and report these violations to the Hamilton Network Administrator (hostmaster@hamilton.edu). ITS reserves the rights to disconnect any network port whose activity causes an adverse effect on the network or on any other user. Network connections may also be revoked in the case of malicious or inappropriate computing activity on the network. See Noncompliance and Sanctions for examples of these activities. ITS reserves the right to restrict access to the network during expansion, or for diagnostic and maintenance services. Every effort will be made to provide advance notification and to schedule such disruptions during times of minimum impact and traffic. Virus Protection Hamilton College requires all computers connected to the network to have up-to-date virus protection. Failure to do so will result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until the situation is corrected. Sophos anti-virus software is provided free to all students. Other anti-virus products may be substituted for Sophos Anti-Virus as long as they are kept current. In addition, all attachments to e-mail sent to the Hamilton mail server are scanned for viruses. If an attachment is found to be infected it is deleted and a text file is attached to the e-mail message (called substitute.txt) informing the receiver that the attachment was infected with a virus. The receiver can then contact the sender to have the message retransmitted after the attachment has been cleaned of the virus. Windows Updates All computers running the Microsoft Windows operating system and connected to the Hamilton College network must be kept up-to-date with critical service updates from Microsoft. Failure to do so will result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until the situation is corrected. Individuals wanting to request an exception to the Windows update policy must do so in writing to the Vice President for Information Technology. Network Connections in Departments All offices, laboratories, and classrooms on campus are wired for access to the network. If departments request additional network jacks, or if network connections need to be moved to different locations, the department should request this service through ITS. The department will be billed for charges resulting from moves, additions, and changes. Network connections, wiring, equipment, or jacks may not be altered or extended beyond the location of their intended use. Any costs incurred to repair damages to a network, telephone, or cable television jack in a department will be billed to that department. Dial-Up Connections For all campus users the primary access to Hamilton computing services is through the campus network. Dial-in access via modem is not provided.  
  • Policies - Hardware and Software Hardware   Supported Products The Committee on Information Technology maintains a list of supported hardware and software. Suggestions for additions and deletions from the list should be submitted to the Chair of the Committee. The Committee will review this list periodically. This list includes the types and brands of hardware and software that are in use at the college and indicates the level of support that ITS can provide. Two levels of service are provided for supported information technology resources, full and limited. Full Support Products designated for full support are those with widespread use on the campus. Examples include generic products (word processors, spreadsheets, Web browsers, etc.). ITS will provide help for the integration of these products with other supported campus technology resources, including services such as installation, training, maintenance, troubleshooting, and upgrades. HelpDesk, hardware repair, and training services for these products will be available through ITS. ITS will maintain sufficient expertise on staff, or through contractual arrangements, to deliver a high level of service for these products. In addition, for these products, ITS will negotiate favorable pricing and maintain a central budget for software upgrades. Limited Support Products designated for limited support are generally used by one or two departments. Examples include computer-assisted instruction programs and simulations. ITS does not have access to these products on a regular basis. Departments acquiring such products should plan to develop their own expertise and be prepared to resolve problems through the vendors' support services. ITS will provide help installing these products. It is unlikely that Helpdesk, repair, or training services will be available for these products. Items in the limited category can move to the full category if they achieve more widespread use and sufficient resources exist within ITS to provide the range of services described above. Licensing of Software The use of all software in the College is protected by copyright laws and must be used in accordance with software licenses. It is against College policy to copy or reproduce any licensed software. Unlicensed software may not be installed on any computers owned by Hamilton. The unauthorized use or copying of software is a serious violation of policy and subject to disciplinary action. Such unauthorized use or copying may also subject the offending individual to law suits by third parties. Software on Personally Owned Equipment Hamilton's educational licensing agreements for software specifically limit installation to machines owned by the college. Therefore, software purchased by Hamilton under these agreements may not be installed on personally owned equipment. Our current license agreement with Microsoft does allow the installation of one copy of Microsoft Office on the home machine of an employee who has Office on the work machine. For information on these programs, Hamilton's current licensing agreements, and exceptions, contact the Director, ITS, Desktop Integration Services.
HillChat
  • Create a High-Quality Videoconference HillChat Environment Optimization Regardless which videoconferencing solution is chosen for the communication, it will be important to prepare the location where your call will take place so as to realize the most optimal, standard experience for all involved parties. General Considerations Regardless of the conversation type, if the communication is high-risk/high-value, at least one test should be performed with all participants before the actual conversation. Remember that accidents can happen: pets can meander into the conversation and voice their opinions, cell phones have the potential of ringing, and items can fall and clatter. While all participants should attempt to prepare for these eventualities, it is best to just accept that they are a part of the conversation, a normative experience, and therefore look past them. Remember that participants within the domain of the webcam and the microphone are involved in the videoconference: anything uttered or any act performed within range of either device will be transmitted to all participants. It behooves everyone to be aware (by dint of the Preview available on all computers/software) of what will be seen and heard before the videoconference begins. As the character Doctor Emmett Brown opined in the movie Back to the Future, "no wonder your president has to be an actor, [they] have to look good on television." Lighting Proper lighting is an essential ingredient for a successful, high-quality videoconference. "A webcam isn't the most flattering piece of technology," according to Stephen Winzenburg in an article for the Winter/Spring 2012 edition of the Chronicle of Higher Education, "[it can] make you appear gaunt, overweight, beady eyed, or narcoleptic. And often you look all those things at the same time." To ensure that all participants see each other in the best possible light, everyone should: Ensure your environment is well-lit--turn on as many lights as possible; Be mindful of such issues as camera angle, background, and any other light sources that might affect the conversation; A room with a window might be a nice place to have a chat, but the sun streaming in can wreak havoc on the quality of the conversation; If you must have a conversation in a room with a window, be sure to test your setup around the same time you anticipate having the conversation to ensure a uniform experience; Test, test, test, test, test: almost all software and computers have the ability to provide participants with a preview and this preview is what other participants will actually see--make sure the contents of the preview are what you want the other participants to see.  If a high-quality conversation is desired, it may behoove participants to purchase a dedicated webcam. ITS has enjoyed success with devices like the Microsoft LifeCam HD-6000. Sound Problems with sound are reliable sources of videoconferencing woes. In addition to the ambient noise issue covered in the "Location" section, there are other potential problems one should be aware of: Echo/Feedback A problem arises whenever a sound input is colocated with a sound output: If you put a microphone IN FRONT of a speaker, a positive feedback loop will be generated, i.e. loud, screechy, piercing sound that is painful. Be sure either to place the speaker far away from the microphone, wear headphones to ameliorate the problem, or invest in a microphone with integrate anti-feedback technology. Most laptops, all-in-one desktops (e.g. the iMac), and smartphones have built-in webcameras, microphones, and speakers. While they are sometimes configured to interoperate without generated feedback, one cannot rely on them working perfectly, especially for high-value conversations. All participants are STRONGLY encouraged to wear headphones to eliminate echoing/feedback. Configuration The peripherals required to perform a videoconference interoperate well, but are susceptible to problems.  If participants are unable to hear each other, see each other, or connect, there may be a problem with the configuration of the peripherals, the software for the chat (e.g. Skype, Google Talk), or the drivers that the computer uses to communicate with the devices. While easier with the built-in microphone, webcam, speaker setup, problems can plague those setups. ITS strongly recommends testing the full setup before any videoconference. If problems are identified before the actual conversation, chances are better that they can be troubleshooted and resolved without conflicting with the actual conversation. Accessibility Issues Hearing Aids/Lipreaders All communications conducted using these solutions will be affected to varying degrees by synchronicity issues. For example: participants may notice that mouths move independently of the sound they generate. While this is becoming a normative experience, it can be jarring, especially for those who need to read lips to understand what is being said. Proper balancing of audio is also key to ensure that participants whose hearing is impaired can participate equally in the conversation
. Location Through the miracle of modern technology, these conversations can now take place at any time and in any location, e.g. cafés, libraries, street corners, dorm rooms, hospitals, vel sim. Just because they can take place in every location does not necessarily mean they ought to take place in every location. Both parties should consider: The ambient noise in their respective environments--loud environs equals bad conversations; The people whom they might affect with the conversation--not everyone needs to be privy to the conversation; The speed of the internet conections at the locations--a low-speed DSL connection will not create a good videoconferencing experience (You can test your bandwidth here.)
HillConnect
  • A Few Things to Know About the HillConnect Environment HillConnect Return to HillConnect Homepage Getting help Google continuously updates its core e-mail and calendar programs so that new features are brought to you as soon as they become available.  Consequently, if you see something new that is unclear, your best bet is to take advantage of the online help built in to HillMail and HillCal. How do I access the HillConnect environment directly? To log in directly to your HillMail account, please go to:   http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu   What is the "Migrated" label/folder? If you had an active e-mail account at Hamilton prior to May 2010 and your account was transitioned to HillConnect, a label/folder with the name "Migrated" was created during the transition process. It's important to know that what the old mail server referred to as a" folder" is now referred to as a "label" in the new system. A fundamental difference between the two storage methods is that with the new Google system multiple labels can be assigned to message where previously in the old SUN system a single message could be assigned to only one folder. Therefore you can delete the label/folder named "Migrated" and not delete the associated messages. I no longer receive a copy of any messages I send to Hamilton Listserv's what do I need to do? Google will not deliver mail to you that you send to a Listserv list.   So that you can tell whether your message was processed, your subscription settings are automatically set so that you will receive an acknowledgment e-mail message from Listserv when your message is delivered to a list. If you still wish to see a copy of your message in your INBOX, you can add your e-mail address to the CC (carbon copy) line when you address your message to the list.  Note that the CC line is processed independently from the TO line.  Therefore, receipt of the message in your INBOX is not confirmation that your message was distributed to the list.  Only the acknowledgement message noted above  can be considered confirmation that your message was distributed. How Can I Change Label Colors? The default color assigned to a label is so light it is almost invisible. To change the color, click the square to the right of the label (folder name) and select a color from the palette that appears.   Our office/organization shares an account, how many connections can we have to our HillMail account through a client? You are limited to ten simultaneous logins via a client, i.e. if you share an account and use Thunderbird/Outlook/AppleMail.  You are not limited by the number of web logins.  
HillMail
  • A Few Things to Know About the HillConnect Environment HillMail Return to HillConnect Homepage Getting help Google continuously updates its core e-mail and calendar programs so that new features are brought to you as soon as they become available.  Consequently, if you see something new that is unclear, your best bet is to take advantage of the online help built in to HillMail and HillCal. How do I access the HillConnect environment directly? To log in directly to your HillMail account, please go to:   http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu   What is the "Migrated" label/folder? If you had an active e-mail account at Hamilton prior to May 2010 and your account was transitioned to HillConnect, a label/folder with the name "Migrated" was created during the transition process. It's important to know that what the old mail server referred to as a" folder" is now referred to as a "label" in the new system. A fundamental difference between the two storage methods is that with the new Google system multiple labels can be assigned to message where previously in the old SUN system a single message could be assigned to only one folder. Therefore you can delete the label/folder named "Migrated" and not delete the associated messages. I no longer receive a copy of any messages I send to Hamilton Listserv's what do I need to do? Google will not deliver mail to you that you send to a Listserv list.   So that you can tell whether your message was processed, your subscription settings are automatically set so that you will receive an acknowledgment e-mail message from Listserv when your message is delivered to a list. If you still wish to see a copy of your message in your INBOX, you can add your e-mail address to the CC (carbon copy) line when you address your message to the list.  Note that the CC line is processed independently from the TO line.  Therefore, receipt of the message in your INBOX is not confirmation that your message was distributed to the list.  Only the acknowledgement message noted above  can be considered confirmation that your message was distributed. How Can I Change Label Colors? The default color assigned to a label is so light it is almost invisible. To change the color, click the square to the right of the label (folder name) and select a color from the palette that appears.   Our office/organization shares an account, how many connections can we have to our HillMail account through a client? You are limited to ten simultaneous logins via a client, i.e. if you share an account and use Thunderbird/Outlook/AppleMail.  You are not limited by the number of web logins.  
IBM SPSS
  • Introduction to Qualtrics IBM SPSS What is Qualtrics? Qualtrics is a suite of services used by Hamilton College to develop and support all aspects of forms and surveys. Various departments, including ITS, the Career Center, the Writing Center, and the Psychology Department already use it. It possesses an incredibly robust set of features to collect and analyze data either within itself, or by downloading datasets into Excel and SPSS. How do I create an account? Contact ITS Course Support (course-support@hamilton.edu, x4877) to get an Access Code. Go to hamilton.qualtrics.com, and select Please click here to create an account. Enter your e-mail address  and select a password, and click get started! Select Hamilton College as the Educational Institution, and click finish. Enter your access code, and click go. (NOTE: Do NOT press sign up now. That will create a trial account that will be deleted). Qualtrics Support Qualtrics has an expansive help suite called "Qualtrics University." To access it, select get help from any screen in Qualtrics. Some specific pages are listed below: Creating a Survey Distributing a Survey Link Inviting Collaborators View Results Downloading Data Creating Panels Creating Samples of a Panel
Image
  • 2012 Windows Installation Document Image Pre Image Checklist Configure BIOS options Desktop (Optiplex 990) Date & Time - Set the date and time Boot Sequence - uncheck  Prep computer for user in FileMaker Image PC
Instruction
  • Faculty Media Workstation Instruction The Faculty Media Workstation, located within ITS on the third floor of Burke Library, is a development and production workspace specifically for faculty use. In this space, faculty can explore multimedia software (e.g. graphics, audio & video). This space is intended for multimodal project development and production independently or in consultation with instructional technologists. To make an appointment or reserve time to work in this facility, just email mpc@hamilton.edu. Faculty Media Workstation Policies Camera & Peripheral Equipment Loan – Faculty can borrow peripheral equipment for academic project development from the Faculty Media Workstation (FMWS) for up to two weeks at a time.  Students may borrow from a separate group of course support cameras with faculty permission emailed to mpc@hamilton.edu. Project Storage and File Management – Projects created on the faculty media workstation are the responsibility of the creator.  We attempt to back-up all projects on the FMWS scratch disk to another local hard drive.  We will maintain a copy of all project work we have a backed-up for 4 months.  We  suggest that an archive quality copy of each project be made and taken by the author as soon as the project is finished. All projects older than 4 months will be deleted from the workstation and back-up drives.
Laptop Loaner
  • Policies - College Computer Equipment Laptop Loaner Replacement of College Computer Equipment Most college computer equipment is replaced every four to five years (see exceptions below). The Goals of the replacement plan are to: assure that appropriate computing resources are available in public and departmental computing facilities, classrooms, and college offices to support the mission of the institution; assure that each faculty and staff member who uses computing resources in his or her position has a computer of sufficient capability to fulfill his/her responsibilities; implement minimum standards for computing equipment on campus; • encourage planning, cost-effective installation of new equipment and disposal of old equipment. Computer equipment is generally replaced during the late spring and summer months (May 1 - August 15). Replacement schedules are distributed annually to departments in early November for review and consultation with ITS staff. Hardware configurations for new equipment are prepared in March and individuals with equipment scheduled for replacement are notified of those details. Generally, individuals will have one college computer provided for them on the replacement plan. By the nature of their responsibilities, some individuals may need to have more than one computer to accomplish their responsibilities - for example, if they must use both Macintosh and Windows platforms in their work. In these cases, department heads/supervisors may request from the appropriate officer of the college (e.g., for faculty, the Dean of the Faculty) that an exception be made. Computers are essential tools for faculty, even when they are on sabbatical leave. For this reason the college permits faculty on leave to continue to use their computer during that period. Computers will be provided to faculty replacements from a pool of computers designated for this purpose. Computers are not to be purchased from departmental operating budgets. Only special funds designated for computer replacement or equipment purchases may be used for this purpose. The officers of the college approve such funds. Certain departments or individuals obtain grants or have special budget allocations for computing equipment. Computers purchased with these grants or budget allocations will not be on the replacement plan unless approval is obtained from the officers at the time the grant is received or the budget is allocated. Loaner Equipment Hamilton College employees can borrow laptop computers for up to seven consecutive days for uses related to college business. Both Macintosh and Windows laptops are available. These computers are enabled for wireless and high-speed internet access. Reservations are required, and should be made at least two business days in advance. For more information, or to make a reservation, call 4LLP (4557), or e-mail: laptop@hamilton.edu Departmental Equipment All college computers are maintained in a central inventory. At the time a computer enters the inventory the replacement cycle, if any, is designated. Computers that are an integral part of a piece of scientific equipment, or are used primarily for research purposes, are not generally part of the replacement plan. Replacement of such equipment is by a special request to the Dean of the Faculty. Old equipment is sold for residual values through Hamilton's official salvage process and must be returned to ITS.  Grant-Funded Equipment Individuals pursuing grants for computing equipment should discuss their plans with the Director, Desktop Integration Services as part of the budgeting process. Computing equipment that is acquired under grants will enter the inventory and be upgraded on a regular replacement cycle only if approved at the time of the application for the grant. Faculty members teaching in various special curricular programs are, under certain conditions, awarded research, or startup, funds. Some faculty members also have research funds available to them when they hold endowed chair positions. These funds may be used to buy additional computers and printers for office or home use, but the equipment will belong to the college. Such equipment should be ordered through the College purchasing process and will not normally be upgraded or replaced by the college, except through further use of research funds. If this equipment is to be on the computer replacement plan the faculty member must obtain a commitment, in writing, from the Dean and the Vice-President for Administration and Finance indicating this. Otherwise, the equipment will not be on a replacement cycle. Printers and Other Peripheral Equipment The college provides networked printing locations for workgroup clusters in every department. Individual desktop printers are not normally provided. Other peripheral pieces of equipment such as scanners are also generally provided in clustered locations instead of individual offices. Since these pieces of equipment are usually used intermittently, clustering allows sharing of specialized technical resources. Responsibility for Equipment Each employee is responsible for taking reasonable safety precautions in regard to Hamilton-owned computer equipment. Employees will be held responsible for damage to such equipment arising out of their negligence or intentional misconduct. Upgrades and Renewal For computer equipment on the replacement plan, ITS staff members consult with users prior to ordering and installing new equipment to determine the current and anticipated equipment needs. Computers that are replaced are returned to ITS. ITS then reassigns the computers or sells them through the campus salvage process. Hamilton will not upgrade non-Hamilton computers.   For questions about these Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards, contact: David Smallen, Vice President for Information Technology 315-859-4169
Listserv
  • A Few Things to Know About the HillConnect Environment Listserv Return to HillConnect Homepage Getting help Google continuously updates its core e-mail and calendar programs so that new features are brought to you as soon as they become available.  Consequently, if you see something new that is unclear, your best bet is to take advantage of the online help built in to HillMail and HillCal. How do I access the HillConnect environment directly? To log in directly to your HillMail account, please go to:   http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu   What is the "Migrated" label/folder? If you had an active e-mail account at Hamilton prior to May 2010 and your account was transitioned to HillConnect, a label/folder with the name "Migrated" was created during the transition process. It's important to know that what the old mail server referred to as a" folder" is now referred to as a "label" in the new system. A fundamental difference between the two storage methods is that with the new Google system multiple labels can be assigned to message where previously in the old SUN system a single message could be assigned to only one folder. Therefore you can delete the label/folder named "Migrated" and not delete the associated messages. I no longer receive a copy of any messages I send to Hamilton Listserv's what do I need to do? Google will not deliver mail to you that you send to a Listserv list.   So that you can tell whether your message was processed, your subscription settings are automatically set so that you will receive an acknowledgment e-mail message from Listserv when your message is delivered to a list. If you still wish to see a copy of your message in your INBOX, you can add your e-mail address to the CC (carbon copy) line when you address your message to the list.  Note that the CC line is processed independently from the TO line.  Therefore, receipt of the message in your INBOX is not confirmation that your message was distributed to the list.  Only the acknowledgement message noted above  can be considered confirmation that your message was distributed. How Can I Change Label Colors? The default color assigned to a label is so light it is almost invisible. To change the color, click the square to the right of the label (folder name) and select a color from the palette that appears.   Our office/organization shares an account, how many connections can we have to our HillMail account through a client? You are limited to ten simultaneous logins via a client, i.e. if you share an account and use Thunderbird/Outlook/AppleMail.  You are not limited by the number of web logins.  
  • Policies - Electronic Mail (E-mail) & Listserv (Mass E-mail lists) Listserv Department or Group Accounts By special permission, college departments and student groups will be granted a single account to facilitate connections between the department or group and interested parties. The department or group must identify one person to be responsible for the account and to act as the contact person. In addition, student organizations must be registered with the Office of Student Activities before an account will be granted. Appropriate Use of E-mail Hamilton strongly recommends that e-mail not be used for confidential communication. E-mail is now considered a formal written record that carries the same legal weight as a formal memorandum. Users of e-mail should remember that e-mail messages become the possession of the receiver and can be easily duplicated and redistributed by recipients. Messages that have been deleted can unintentionally be retained on system backup files. In addition, even secure passwords are not completely confidential. When a private message needs to be conveyed between two individuals, a conversation is the best way to accomplish it, and messages that should not be preserved should be deleted immediately. College policy prohibits certain types of e-mail. These include mail that may be perceived as harassment, political campaigning, chain mail or commercial solicitation. Violators will be subject to loss of computer access privileges, as well as additional disciplinary action as determined by the Hamilton judiciary procedures. Certain types of e-mail, including but not limited to harassing e-mail, may also subject the sender to civil or criminal penalties. In spite of College policy, e-mail can be abused by malicious users who know the owner's computing ID and password. Users are responsible for protecting their own passwords. ListServ Lists ListServ is a commercial software product installed on our E-mail system. It is designed to provide an easy way to create and maintain large E-mail mailing lists. These lists can be used for the one-way distribution of information, for E-mail based discussion, questions and answers, etc. Lists are created and "owned" by an E-mail user who manages the list?s behavior. Any faculty, staff, or student member of the Hamilton College community is entitled to become a ListServ list owner. Campus-based organizations and departments are also entitled to own lists, but an individual within the group must be designated as the list owner. Students must be in good standing with the Dean of Students office and student organizations must be registered with the Office of Student Activities. All lists must be approved by the ITS ListServ administrator prior to creation, but the following general guidelines apply: The purpose of the list must pertain to Hamilton College business. Lists are not open to off-campus subscribers unless special permission is obtained. However, Hamilton College students or employees who use off-campus E-mail addresses are allowed to own and belong to lists. It is the list owner's responsibility to learn the commands necessary to manage the list's subscribers. Under no circumstances can a list be used to participate in or promote activities that are illegal, violate the Hamilton College code of conduct, or the Hamilton College Honor code. To apply for list ownership and select a list type, please read Becoming a ListServ List Owner from which you can create your list. Return to Main Listserv Page ListServ Mass Mailing Lists Effective July 1, 2010 As a service to the Hamilton College community, several e-mail based mass mailing lists have been created. These are designed to facilitate the timely and cost-effective distribution of information to the campus community. E-mail now reaches almost all faculty, administration and staff (members of M & O generally don't use computers in connection with their responsibilities) and students. Participation in the mass mailing lists is voluntary. In order that these lists remain a reliable means of communication, it is important that members of the Hamilton community abide by a few guidelines. These guidelines are not designed to limit free speech but are intended to keep your mail volume at a reasonable level. Most importantly, anonymous mailings are prohibited. The sender's real name must be identified (in full) within the body of the message - not just at the top in the "from" line. There are two sets of mass mailing lists, one for announcement of events and the other for general campus notices. The guidelines for use of these lists are explained below. Events By an "event" we mean an activity (meeting, performance,, lecture, etc.) that takes place on- or off-campus at a specific date and time and is sponsored, or co-sponsored by either an academic or administrative department/program or a student organization recognized by Student Activities.   Sponsorship means that the chair of a College department, program or organization indicates that the organization supports the event and that members of the College are actively involved in organizing the event (e.g., as speakers). If someone other than the organizer(s) makes the event announcement, they share in the responsibility for adhering to the guidelines. Posting to the lists will be limited to all employees and two* student representatives, or the e-mail account assigned to each student organization recognized by Student Activities. Violations by the student representatives will accrue to the organization they represent regardless of whether the violator acted alone. An event will be limited to two posts to the mass mailing lists. Corrections count as one of the two messages. If an event is cancelled or postponed, two additional notices are allowed. Each message must have a subject line that is descriptive of the event The first 4 lines of the message must contain: Date and time of the event Sponsor of the event Name of the event Location of the event The remainder of the message should be a short description of the event. [Note that if you include graphics you may exceed the limit of 25 MB for the message. Such messages will be rejected.] Clarification: Posting a message to an inappropriate list is a violation (e.g., posting a message intended for students to the events-all  list) The mass e-mail lists for posting events are: a. Events-students@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to students) b. Events-20xx@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to students in a particular class year, where xx is the last two digits of the class year) c. Events-faculty@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the faculty) d. Events-staff@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the staff) e. Events-admin@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the administration) f.  Events-maintop@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of Maintenance and Operations) g. Events-employees@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to employees) h. Events-all@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to both students and employees) The notices mass e-mail lists will be used only for the following general categories. A non-comprehensive bulleted list of examples is provided for each category. Announcement of Hamilton deadlines, policies and procedures These announcements must come from individuals representing the administrative or academic departments responsible for the deadline, policy or procedure being addressed (e.g. drop-add, parking permits, library books due) Reports from Hamilton organizations or departments These reports must come from individuals representing the academic or administrative offices, or student organizations recognized by Student Activities who generated the reports (e.g., Minutes of Student Assembly, Agendas, reports from faculty meetings, Honor Court decisions, results of campus-wide initiatives or community events such as United Way, Heart Walk & Run, announcement of appointments). Notification of the availability of, or changes in, Hamilton College services or facilities These notices must come from individuals representing the academic or administrative departments, or student organizations recognized by Student Activities who are responsible for the services or facilities being addressed (e.g., dining and fitness center schedules, availability of Hamilton housing, IT and library services, department newsletters, availability of Hamilton-sponsored publications, Campus Safety announcements, sales in the College Store, Physical Plant notices, fund raising activities for Hamilton organizations, fund raising activities approved by Office of the President (for employees) or by the Student Activities Office (for students)). Surveys Student-initiated surveys must be related to the academic program and endorsed by a faculty mentor.  The request for such surveys must be submitted by the faculty mentor. These surveys must be sent to exception@hamilton.edu for prior approval. Student organizations recognized by Student Activities can submit surveys directly to the student lists. These must be surveys that will only be given to students. Surveys related to college business or faculty research may be submitted directly to the lists. Notices from members of the senior staff directly related to their areas of responsibility The mass e-mail lists for posting notices are: a. Notices-students@listserv.hamilton.edu(sent only to students) b. Notices-20xx@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to students in a particular class year, where xx is the last two digits of the class year) c.  Notices-faculty@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the faculty) d. Notices-staff@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the staff) e. Notices-admin@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the administration) f.  Notices-maintop@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of Maintenance and Operations) g. Notices-employees@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to employees) h. Notices-all@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to both students and employees) Please consider your audience carefully (e.g., do not send a mailing to "all" if you only need to reach students).Examples of inappropriate uses include, but are not limited to: Personal opinion, public debate, or campaigning Announcements should not attempt to sell the reader on a point of view.   The information provided should be as factual as possible and sufficient enough to explain the purpose of the announcement. If additional background information is necessary, a web link may be included.  A message that contains no actual announcement (e.g. does not meet the criteria listed above for an event or a non-event) is a violation. Give-aways (personal property such as furniture, tickets, equipment, books, etc.) Surveys other than those specified above Chain mail Lost and found (except when it is Hamilton College property, or involves animals) there is a Lost and Found channel in My Hamilton. Requests for rides (there is a Rides channel in My Hamilton) Items for sale - or items desired (including houses, tickets, books, services, etc.) There is a marketplace channel in My Hamilton that can be used for this purpose.   Exceptions to the Guidelines: Messages that Fall Outside the Guidelines, or from senders not approved for Mass Mail: Any individual wanting to post a message to the mass e-mail lists that falls outside of the guidelines, can request that the message be posted by sending a request for an exception to: exception@hamilton.edu. The request will be directed to the appropriate member of the senior staff for approval. Approval or denial will be communicated to the person making the request. Requests for exceptions should be sent at least two business days in advance of the time the posting is to take place. Penalties for Violations: A first time violation will result in the removal of posting (sending) privileges to the mass lists for a period of one month (not including breaks). A second violation will result in the removal of both posting and receiving messages to/from the mass lists for a period of one month (not including breaks). A third violation will result in the loss of posting and receiving privileges for the equivalent of a full semester. A fourth violation will result in the individual being referred to the appropriate judicial body dealing with employees or students. Violations are cumulative for as long as you are at Hamilton (or four years for employees). Loss of privileges applies to all the mass lists. Violators may appeal their penalty by submitting their reasons in writing to the chair of the Committee on Information Technology. The Committee will review the appeal and return a decision within 5 business days. During the appeal process the penalty will be suspended. [Return to Main Listserv Page] For questions about these Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards, contact: David Smallen Vice President for Information Technology, Hamilton College 315-859-4169
Mobile Device
  • Create a High-Quality Videoconference Mobile Device Environment Optimization Regardless which videoconferencing solution is chosen for the communication, it will be important to prepare the location where your call will take place so as to realize the most optimal, standard experience for all involved parties. General Considerations Regardless of the conversation type, if the communication is high-risk/high-value, at least one test should be performed with all participants before the actual conversation. Remember that accidents can happen: pets can meander into the conversation and voice their opinions, cell phones have the potential of ringing, and items can fall and clatter. While all participants should attempt to prepare for these eventualities, it is best to just accept that they are a part of the conversation, a normative experience, and therefore look past them. Remember that participants within the domain of the webcam and the microphone are involved in the videoconference: anything uttered or any act performed within range of either device will be transmitted to all participants. It behooves everyone to be aware (by dint of the Preview available on all computers/software) of what will be seen and heard before the videoconference begins. As the character Doctor Emmett Brown opined in the movie Back to the Future, "no wonder your president has to be an actor, [they] have to look good on television." Lighting Proper lighting is an essential ingredient for a successful, high-quality videoconference. "A webcam isn't the most flattering piece of technology," according to Stephen Winzenburg in an article for the Winter/Spring 2012 edition of the Chronicle of Higher Education, "[it can] make you appear gaunt, overweight, beady eyed, or narcoleptic. And often you look all those things at the same time." To ensure that all participants see each other in the best possible light, everyone should: Ensure your environment is well-lit--turn on as many lights as possible; Be mindful of such issues as camera angle, background, and any other light sources that might affect the conversation; A room with a window might be a nice place to have a chat, but the sun streaming in can wreak havoc on the quality of the conversation; If you must have a conversation in a room with a window, be sure to test your setup around the same time you anticipate having the conversation to ensure a uniform experience; Test, test, test, test, test: almost all software and computers have the ability to provide participants with a preview and this preview is what other participants will actually see--make sure the contents of the preview are what you want the other participants to see.  If a high-quality conversation is desired, it may behoove participants to purchase a dedicated webcam. ITS has enjoyed success with devices like the Microsoft LifeCam HD-6000. Sound Problems with sound are reliable sources of videoconferencing woes. In addition to the ambient noise issue covered in the "Location" section, there are other potential problems one should be aware of: Echo/Feedback A problem arises whenever a sound input is colocated with a sound output: If you put a microphone IN FRONT of a speaker, a positive feedback loop will be generated, i.e. loud, screechy, piercing sound that is painful. Be sure either to place the speaker far away from the microphone, wear headphones to ameliorate the problem, or invest in a microphone with integrate anti-feedback technology. Most laptops, all-in-one desktops (e.g. the iMac), and smartphones have built-in webcameras, microphones, and speakers. While they are sometimes configured to interoperate without generated feedback, one cannot rely on them working perfectly, especially for high-value conversations. All participants are STRONGLY encouraged to wear headphones to eliminate echoing/feedback. Configuration The peripherals required to perform a videoconference interoperate well, but are susceptible to problems.  If participants are unable to hear each other, see each other, or connect, there may be a problem with the configuration of the peripherals, the software for the chat (e.g. Skype, Google Talk), or the drivers that the computer uses to communicate with the devices. While easier with the built-in microphone, webcam, speaker setup, problems can plague those setups. ITS strongly recommends testing the full setup before any videoconference. If problems are identified before the actual conversation, chances are better that they can be troubleshooted and resolved without conflicting with the actual conversation. Accessibility Issues Hearing Aids/Lipreaders All communications conducted using these solutions will be affected to varying degrees by synchronicity issues. For example: participants may notice that mouths move independently of the sound they generate. While this is becoming a normative experience, it can be jarring, especially for those who need to read lips to understand what is being said. Proper balancing of audio is also key to ensure that participants whose hearing is impaired can participate equally in the conversation
. Location Through the miracle of modern technology, these conversations can now take place at any time and in any location, e.g. cafés, libraries, street corners, dorm rooms, hospitals, vel sim. Just because they can take place in every location does not necessarily mean they ought to take place in every location. Both parties should consider: The ambient noise in their respective environments--loud environs equals bad conversations; The people whom they might affect with the conversation--not everyone needs to be privy to the conversation; The speed of the internet conections at the locations--a low-speed DSL connection will not create a good videoconferencing experience (You can test your bandwidth here.)
  • iPad Loaner Programs Mobile Device iPad Loaner Program In May 2012, ITS announced new iPad loaner programs. Semester or academic year iPad loaner program For faculty who are interested in exploring the use of iPads in connection with their courses. Our intent is to enable you to explore ways of improving the learning / research environment for your students.  There are initially ten iPads in the loaner pool. Current faculty use and feedback There are currently 10 faculty members using the loaner units. Each month, faculty are asked to post their reflections about using the iPad to a blog.  Call for proposals for spring 2013 Proposals for five units available for use during the spring 2013 semester will be solicited in mid-November. Applications will be reviewed by representatives of the library, ITS, and the Dean of Faculty. The criteria/questions we used to evaluate the proposals are as follows: Does the use benefit from the mobility factor? Does it involve a curricular use? Can the use be accommodated by the classroom computer? Is there a direct student activity? Does the activity support student research? Does the use require multimodal use/data collection, e.g. visuals, data, GIS info., etc. Does the use change the classroom experience? Short term iPad loaner program (program launch is pending)  A small pool of five iPads will be made available to faculty or staff on a first-come, first served basis for short term use (up to two weeks) e.g., for use during conference travel, or just to try out. The goal of this short term loan is to expose employees to new tablet technology and different ways of thinking about the uses of technology. This program will also help in the exploration and identification of good apps. Related Documents Setting up a New iPad Setting up a Passcode for an iPad iPad wireless configuration  
Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC)
  • Faculty Media Workstation Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC) The Faculty Media Workstation, located within ITS on the third floor of Burke Library, is a development and production workspace specifically for faculty use. In this space, faculty can explore multimedia software (e.g. graphics, audio & video). This space is intended for multimodal project development and production independently or in consultation with instructional technologists. To make an appointment or reserve time to work in this facility, just email mpc@hamilton.edu. Faculty Media Workstation Policies Camera & Peripheral Equipment Loan – Faculty can borrow peripheral equipment for academic project development from the Faculty Media Workstation (FMWS) for up to two weeks at a time.  Students may borrow from a separate group of course support cameras with faculty permission emailed to mpc@hamilton.edu. Project Storage and File Management – Projects created on the faculty media workstation are the responsibility of the creator.  We attempt to back-up all projects on the FMWS scratch disk to another local hard drive.  We will maintain a copy of all project work we have a backed-up for 4 months.  We  suggest that an archive quality copy of each project be made and taken by the author as soon as the project is finished. All projects older than 4 months will be deleted from the workstation and back-up drives.
  • Lab Consultant Home Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC) MPC Information Problem Log
  • Lab Consultant Manuals Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC) The following manuals are intended to be used by students employed by ITS, managed by the Instructional Technology Support Service Team (ITSS). About ITS Appendix CLA Policies and Procedures DAL Policies and Procedures Intern Policies and Procedures LC General How-To Guide LC Policies and Procedures
  • Lab Consultant Schedules Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC) The following schedules are for students employed by ITS and managed by the Instructional Technology Support Services team. Service Point Locations: Camera Loans - Burke Library, Third Floor (within Help Desk area) Digital Arts Lab - LIST 220 (Arts Lab use only) Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC) - Burke Library, First Floor If you have other service related questions, please contact MPC Professional staff.
My Hamilton
  • Adding New Students to the Transition System My Hamilton Before You Start: Fall Admit new students typically enter the transition process in Mid-May. Spring admits typically enter the process in Mid-September. User accounts have already been created by Debby Quayle. You will need for her to provide an export containing username, password and Colleague ID. There is typically an export \\ess\its\Account Details\Students\Class of {year} but it's not always accurate. Ask her to double-check. New Student user acounts must have the New Students group membership assigned to them. This is typically done during the bulk new student upload process, but occasionally when an individual account is added it doesn't have this group membership assigned. New Students must be included in the Student LDAP nightly job in order to have the Students group membership assigned. They will need to have records in the file CIS generates at \\polaris\hamiltonweb\fileexchange\scheduledjobs\LDAPF. Make sure new students are in the student_ldap table. If not, ask CIS to include them then run https://preview.hamilton.edu/applications/scheduledtasks/studentldap.cfm. Steps to Bulk-Add New Students to Transition Process Update the following settings in /myhamilton/parameters.cfm as appropriate: showNewStudents (Anne Riffle) showNewStudentsTerms newStudentOldAccountExpiration newStudentJanuaryOldAccountExpiration placementexamdeadline (Anne Riffle) roomhidestart (Jean Burke) roomhideend (Jean Burke) Obtain import file Debby Quayle provides and import it into the portal_users_transition table. Be sure to replace the existing records. Spot check your work by logging into My Hamilton as a few new students. Keep in mind that you may need to manipulate the showNewStudents variable to temporarily access the system. Notes The transition page will likely need to be reviewed and updated (Esena Jackson) In May, the Campus Life Tour is the first step in the transition process. In September the Advising Tour is the first step. Esena will likely have updates to them. Late additions to the transtition process are managed using the Add Students feature in the Advising Tour SiteManager module, located at https://my.hamilton.edu/sitemanager/myapps.cfm. During the Campus Life Tour Cindy Reynolds manages additions and during the Advising Tour Anne Riffle manages them.
Network
  • Network and Telephone Services Home Page Network Network and Telecommunications Services Team Mission Network and Telecommunications Services will ensure a reliable, secure, efficient network and telecommunications environment for the campus community.
  • Network and Telephone Services Internet-Information Network Internet Connection Information   Hamilton College has a 300 Mbps primary Internet connection and a 10 Mbps secondary internet connection (used only for redundancy) over high speed fiber optic lines provided by Time Warner.  The Internet at Hamilton is a shared resource.  
  • Policies - Perimeter Firewall Network Adopted November 2003 Information Technology Services at Hamilton College operates a Perimeter Firewall between the Internet and the College network to establish a secure environment for the College's computer and network resources. The Perimeter Firewall is a key component of the Hamilton network security architecture. This Perimeter Firewall Policy governs how the Perimeter firewall will filter Internet traffic to mitigate the risks and losses associated with security threats to the Hamilton network and information systems. This policy is designed to protect college computers (student and employee computers) from hacking and virus attacks by restricting access to computers on the Hamilton campus from people who are off-campus. Every computer on the Hamilton network still must be secured and virus protected to be protected against other computers on the internal network. Introduction Among Hamilton's information technology priorities is the maintenance of a safe and secure computing environment. Historically, the risk of malicious packets making it into the College network has been relatively high. The assets at risk from targeted attacks against the network include data/information, software and hardware services, including access to the Internet and access to central servers are also at risk. Often, the data that is stored on such servers are the true targets of attackers. The College's Perimeter Firewall must allow access to protected resources from authorized users located outside the firewall (users on the Internet). An increasing number of users work at home or while traveling. Research collaborators may also need to enter the Hamilton network from remote hosts. While this method does protect against many intrusions, it is not bullet proof. When a violation is suspected, the firewall architecture has logging capabilities to provide forensic information. Information Technology Services (ITS) designed the Perimeter Firewall Policy to effectively enable the security control mechanisms found within the Perimeter Firewall. Consistent with all College information technology policies, the Perimeter Firewall Policy adheres to the College's General Policies on the Use of Information Technology. A Perimeter Firewall is the first line of protection in the campus network. Similar to most modern hotels, one can enter and walk around many areas of the hotel such as the lobby unrestricted; however, to access a particular resource, such as a hotel room, one needs a key. In addition to the perimeter firewall which ITS will be maintaining, individuals and departmental system administrators are advised to make their desktop and server systems as secure as possible through a "deny everything, permit on exception" firewall or system configuration approach. System administrators are encouraged to weigh the merit of placing firewall software on departmental servers and desktop machines. Host firewalls can block port scanners, protect against known exploits, log suspicious events and evaluate configurations. Responsibilities The Network and Telecommunications Team of ITS is responsible for implementing and maintaining the College network perimeter firewall. Therefore, ITS is also responsible for activities relating to this policy. Responsibility for information systems security on a day-to-day basis is every employee's responsibility. Specific guidance and direction for information systems security is the responsibility of ITS. Policy for Perimeter Firewall The Perimeter Firewall permits the following for outbound and inbound Internet traffic: Outbound - Allow ALL Internet traffic to hosts and services outside of the College with the exception of known security vulnerabilities (see below). This allows anyone connected to the Hamilton Network to utilize all services on the Internet with the exception of known vulnerabilities. Inbound - Only specific services which support the College mission will be allowed to be accessed from the Internet. The chart below identifies the most common services used for Internet communications within the Hamilton environment. The following is a limited explanation for each column: Server Functions and Services - This a listing of the most common Internet services used on the College file servers to support the mission and business of the College. Hamilton Network to Internet - All traffic originating from a College computer to an external host has no firewall policies applied except for known security vulnerabilities which are described in the chart below. Internet to Hamilton Network - All traffic originating from a computer on the Internet (somewhere off-campus) to a computer on the Hamilton network is only allowed into the following systems.   Hamilton Network to the Internet: Services which are NOT allowed Internet to Hamilton Network: Services which ARE allowed All Microsoft Networking Protocols Network Monitoring Protocols UNIX File System Protocols Virus Related Protocols Spyware Related Protocols (MarketScore Spyware) Hamilton E-mail Server Hamilton Web Server Blackboard SSS (FTP Only) Software (FTP Only) WebAdvisor Citrix Statistics Applications Library Catalog and Databases ListServ Mailing Lists Remote Desktop to Any OSX and Windows XP System Other Departmental Servers Operational Procedures Faculty, staff, and students may request access from the Internet for a service inside Hamilton for a new or existing server. These requests must be submitted in writing and need to include a rationale for the request by submitting the Firewall Service Security Policy Modification Form. It is recommended that faculty, staff, and students submit the request through the ITS Help Desk. The Network and Telecommunications Services Team and Vice President for Information Technology will evaluate the risk of opening the firewall to accommodate requests. Where the risk is acceptable, granting of requests will be dependent on network infrastructure limitations and the availability of required resources to implement the request. If the risk associated with a given request is deemed objectionable, then an explanation of the associated risks will be provided to the original requestor and alternative solutions will be explored. If during the implementation it is determined that the original request does not provide the functionality to meet the unit's business need, then the Network and Telecommunications Services Team will, on a short-term basis, provide open access through the firewall. Subsequently, long-term, the Network and Telecommunications Services Team will work with the requestor to determine exactly what ports are needed to meet the unit's business needs. Certain mission-critical functions require outside vendors and other entities to have secured and limited access to departmental network resources from the Internet to Hamilton. This access needs to be approved by either a director or department chair and then coordinated through Network and Telecommunications Services Team by submission of the Firewall Service Security Policy Modification Form. If the original requestor considers the solution to be unsatisfactory, the request may be appealed to the Vice President for Information Technology. Turn around time for a request of common services listed will be approximately 2 business days from the receipt of the Modification Form. Common Services include: FTP Telnet/SSH SMTP HTTP/HTTPS Turn around time of a request for any other service will be no more than 5-10 business days. This additional time is needed to investigate any risk associated to the College.
  • Telephone Services Main Page Network Telephone Services Employee Telephone InformationEmployee Phones Employee Voice Mail Student Telephone Information Network Information Hotline: 315-859-4050 Phone Services: 315-859-4160Fax: 315-859-4185 You can email the Telephone Services Team at: telephone@hamilton.edu Return to Network & Telecommunications Home Page  
  • Windows Web Publishing Network Windows users can connect to the web server using Windows networking. This will make your web space appear as a disk or folder on your personal computer, allowing you to drag and drop files and folders to and from the web server, just as you do for other disks on your system.   Windows 7/Vista Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" into the search box and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on Network and select Map Network Drive... In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Windows XP   Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Choose Run In the open field of the dialog box, type \\Polaris Click OK The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on My Network Places and select Map Network Drive. In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people Click OK The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Troubleshooting Please contact the Help Desk x4181 if you are having trouble connecting to Polaris.
Oracle Java
  • How to turn Java off Oracle Java It is important that you read the following advisory: Keep Java up-to-date If you choose to keep Java installed on your computer (whether disabled or not) it is important to keep it up-to-date.  Here is how to discover whether your version of Java is up to date.  NOTE:  If you install a new version of Java remember to un-check the box to install the "ASK.com" toolbar.  It is not needed. Managing Java The instructions below will help you disable Java in the individual brower(s) you use for your day-to-day web activities. For those who have no need for web sites or web programs that require Java, instructions are also included that will help you disable Java globally.  In most cases, you will be alerted to the need for Java when you visit a site or use a program feature that requires it.  At that point you must decide if another (safer) web site or program can be used instead.  If you have no other option, you can enable Java selectively using instructions found here. For information regarding BlackBoard Learn and other trusted web delivered applications that require Java. Turn Java off in individual browsers (If you have no need for Java and want to turn it off globally, skip this section and proceed to the next section.) If you know you must use a web site or program that requires Java (e.g. certain features in Blackboard Learn), only one of your browsers should have Java enabled.  Java should be disabled in all your remaining browsers.  If you have not previously turned Java off globally using the Java Control Panel (Windows) or the Java Preference (Macintosh) then you may turn it off selectively in those browsers you intend to use for your daily work on the web.   As an alternative, if you prefer to use only one browser for all your browsing, then you must learn to turn it off and on as needed.  These instructions describe how to turn it off.  Safari (Macintosh)  Click on the Safari menu and choose Preferences.  Click on the Security icon and check the box to "Enable Broswer".  This should remove the check mark. Close the Preferences window.  Firefox (Windows & Macintosh) Click on the Tools menu and choose Add-ons OR click on the Firefox menu, and choose Add-Ons.  Click on Plug-ins and then locate the Java Applet plugin. Click to disable it and close the Add-ons window (if it is enabled).  Chrome (Windows & Macintosh) Click on the Chrome menu and choose Preferences (Macintosh) OR click on the wrench icon, then select Settings (Windows) Click on Settings in the left column. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on the link labeled "Show advanced settings". Scroll down to the Privacy section and click on the button labeled "Content Settings...". Next click on "Disable individual plug-ins" in the Plug-ins section. In the list that is presented, locate Java and click on the link to "Disable" it (if it is enabled). Internet Explorer 7 and above (Windows) Click on your Start button and select Control Panel Locate and open the Control Panel called Internet Options. Click the Programs tab and select Manage Add-ons. Select Toolbars and Extenstions in the left hand column. Then in the right hand column scroll down to Oracle America. Click Java Plug-in then click the Disable button. Click Close and OK to accept the change. Turn Java off globally Follow these instructions if you are sure you won't need Java.  If you are unsure, you can still turn it off globally and then refer back to these instructions later if you need to turn it back on. Windows (all versions) NOTE: It is important to remove older versions of Java prior to proceding with these instructions.  You can keep the newest version of Java installed as long as it is disabled.  You can check for updates here. Click on the Start button  Click on Control Panel  Click on the Java (32 Bit) Control Panel  Click on the Security tab Click to UNcheck the box at the top labeled, "Enable Java content in the browser". Click Apply, then click OK. Macintosh (OS 10.7.3 and up) Lion & Mountain Lion NOTE: Versions of the Macintosh OS that are older than 10.7.3 do not have the Java Preference. Click on the Apple menu (upper left corner of the screen). Select Preferences. Locate the preference called Java (it is in the bottom row) and click to open it Click on the Security tab in the Java Preference.  Click to UNcheck the box labeled "Enable Java content in the browser". Click on Apply and then click on OK.
  • How to turn Java on Oracle Java It is important that you read the following advisory: There may come a time when you discover you need to use Java.  Before you use it, it is highly recommended that you check first to confirm whether it is up-to-date.  You can do so here.  NOTE:  If you install a new version, please be sure to un-check the box that installs the "ASK.com" toolbar.  It is not needed. You should procede with the steps below ONLY if you are certain of the safety of the web site or web program that is asking you to enable Java.  It is NOT recommended that you do this for all your broswers, only the one you will use for trusted sites and web programs that require Java. If you previously used either the Java Control Panel (Windows) or the Java Preference (Macintosh OS 10.7.3 and up) to disable Java in all of your browsers, you will need to re-enable Java and then turn off the Java plug-in in the browser you will use for day-to-day browsing.  It is only in this manner that you'll be able to independently control Java in each of your broswers.  If you are uncertain as to whether you turned it off globally, the steps below will take you to the appropriate control panel (Windows) or preference (Macintosh) where you can determine its current status. If you did NOT disable Java using the control panel or the preference, then procede to the section below labeled "Turning Java on in an individual browser".  For information regarding BlackBoard Learn (and other trusted web delivered applications that require Java). Globally turn Java on using the Java Control Panel (Windows) or the Java Preference (Macintosh) IMPORTANT NOTE: This is a two part process!  Once you have turned Java on globally, you must turn it off for the individual browser(s) you intend to use for day-to-day browsing.  See the link at the bottom of this page for disabling Java in an individual browser. Windows (all versions) Click on the Start button Click on Control Panel Click on the Java (32 Bit) Control Panel Click on the Security tab Click to enter a checkmark in the box at the top labeled, "Enable Java content in the browser". Click Apply, then click OK. Macintosh (OS 10.7.3 and up) Lion & Mountain Lion NOTE: Versions of the Macintosh OS below 10.7.3 do not have the Java Preference. Click on the Apple menu (upper left corner of the screen). Select Preferences. Locate the preference called Java (it is in the bottom row) and click to open it Click on the Security tab in the Java Preference.   Click in the check box to "Enable Java content in the browser". Click on Apply and then click on OK. Turning Java on in an individual browser All versions of Windows and all versions of Macintosh (These instructions will work only if the Windows Java Control Panel or the Macintosh Java Prefrence was not used to globally disable Java.) NOTE:  If you have not previously disabled Java in your other browsers, you should do so (a link to instructions appears at the bottom of this page).  The instructions that follow here are only intended for the broswer you will use to access trusted web sites or web programs that require Java.  From the list of browsers below, choose the one you intend to use only for Blackboard Learn (or other web delivered programs or sites you trust)  and follow the instructions for enabling Java.  Safari (Macintosh) Click on the Safari menu and choose Preferences.  Click on the Security icon and check the box to "Enable Broswer" only if no checkmark already appears. Close the Preferences window.  Firefox (Windows & Macintosh) Click on the Tools menu and choose Add-ons OR click on the Firefox menu, and choose Add-Ons. Click on Plug-ins and then locate the Java Applet plugin.  Click to enable it and close the Add-ons window. Chrome (Windows & Macintosh) Click on the Chrome menu and choose Preferences (Macintosh) OR click on the wrench icon, then select Settings (Windows) Click on Settings in the left column.  Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on the link labeled "Show advanced settings". Scroll down to the Privacy section and click on the button labeled "Content Settings...".  Next click on "Disable individual plug-ins" in the Plug-ins section.  In the list that is presented, locate Java and click on the link to "Enable" it. Internet Explorer 7 and above (Windows) Click on your Start button and select Control Panel. Loacte and then open the Control Panel called Internet Options. Click the Programs tab and select Manage Add-ons. Select Toolbars and Extenstions in the left hand column. Then in the right hand column scroll down to Oracle America. Click Java Plug-in then click the Enable button. Click Close and OK to accept the change. How to disable Java in the broswers you intend to use for day-to-day browsing Instructions can be found here that will help you turn Java off for individual browsers or for all browsers.  
  • Managing Java on your computer Oracle Java Installing & Updating Java Please read this important advisory On 1/10/13 the Department of Homeland Security issued an alert recommending that all Internet users "consider disabling Java in web browsers until adequate updates are available" due to recently discovered security flaws in the software. Although Oracle (publisher of Java) regularly issues security patches (and has patched the flaw(s) announced on 1/10/13), Java remains a favorite target of hackers. Java is active by default on most computers.  Consequently, it  is vital that you always keep it up-to-date.  This applies to your office and home computers alike.  Even if you disable Java, it is important to keep it up-to-date in the event you discover a (trusted) web page or program that requires it.  Then, if you must enable it for a one-time use, you'll have the most secure version already installed. Typically mobile devices (smart phones, tablets) do not have Java installed.  If you deliberately installed Java on your mobile device, you should also keep it up-to-date.  NOTE: Java is not the same thing as JavaScript. You can leave JavaScript alone. Managing Java (installing and updating) Please choose your operating system below for instructions that will assist you in updating and/or installing Java.  The Windows instructions also explain how to remove older versions of Java. Windows Macintosh
PaperCut
  • PaperCut Account Management PaperCut PaperCut is a quota based print management system designed to monitor and control campus network printing resources in a way that allows Hamilton to reduce printing costs and environmental impact. Details on accessing your quota are below. Accessing PaperCut From a Campus Computer Go to the PaperCut Program and click details. Sign in with your MyHamilton username and password. From your Personal Computer Go to the website https://printx:9192/ Depending on your browser, you may see a message about the website's security certificate. Internet Explorer: Select Continue to this website. Firefox: Select Add an exception. Enter your MyHamilton username and password. That will bring you to the PaperCut Management Page. Managing PaperCut Summary gives you a summary of your PaperCut usage, including your environmental impact. Rates list the current prices for printing. Redeem Card allows you to add funds to your PaperCut account through a card purchased from ITS. Transaction History details your transactions for the past fifteen days. Recent Print Jobs lists your specific print jobs for the past fifteen days. Jobs Pending Release states which jobs are queued to be printed. Web Print allows you to print to any printer remotely. See here for details. Add Credit From Hill Card allows you to add funds to your PaperCut account from your Hill Card. Log Out securely takes you off the PaperCut management page. Printing to On-Campus Printers from your PC Did you know you can print to any on-campus printer from your PC without using WebPrint? See the instructions below to learn how! Windows Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 Mac OS X Driver Installation (Do this first!) OS X 10.4.x (Tiger) OS X 10.5.x-10.7.x (Leopard, Snow Leopard, Lion)
Password
  • Policies - Security Password Policies Security Security On Data Networks Security for access to the data network and to files or applications on a server is implemented via user ID and password systems. Each user is responsible for all e-mail transactions made under the authorization of his or her ID and password, and for all network e-mail activity originating from that connection. Users are personally responsible for the security of the ID and password assigned to them. Viewing, copying, altering or destroying any file, or connecting to a computer on the network without explicit permission of the owner is prohibited. Users may not use the Hamilton data network or telephone system to attempt to circumvent protection schemes or exercise security loopholes in any computer, network, or telephone system component. User IDs and Passwords Passwords should be known only to the person responsible for the account and user ID. Ways to ensure this include avoiding storing passwords or any other information that could be used to gain access to other computing resources on your workstation, never sharing passwords, and never taping passwords to a wall, under a keyboard, or in other easily discoverable areas. Access to user IDs may not be loaned or sold and any suspected breach of password security should be immediately reported to the ITS e-mail administrator. Passwords should be changed (at least) every six months. It is the college policy to require authentication from individuals requesting password changes. Students who forget their passwords can request a new password on the ITS website. In order to request a new password the student must know his/her college ID number. Passwords will only be provided in a sealed envelope in U. S. or campus mail, or in person. A person picking up passwords at the ITS offices must show his/her valid Hamilton College ID card. Employees who forget their password can request one through the Helpdesk. Passwords will not generally be given out over the telephone (exceptions can be made for individuals who are on leave from the college, but special steps will be taken to authenticate that the requestor is the correct person). The policy of ITS is not to request a password unless an individual specifically calls to request help from someone in ITS. A user receiving a call from someone asking for a password should regard the call as a scam. Protecting Desktop Equipment and Files Backups and protection of files stored on desktop equipment are the responsibility of the user of that equipment. Users must back up their work files on a regular basis. ITS provides storage space on central servers for this purpose. Department members are responsible for ensuring that critical files are backed up in their areas. Individual users are responsible for safeguarding the equipment entrusted to them by the college. This includes reasonable protection of equipment from damage and theft. Individual users are also responsible for safeguarding any equipment they own personally and bring to campus. Confidentiality and Privacy Hamilton takes reasonable steps to protect users from unauthorized entry into their accounts or files, whether by other users or by system administrators, except in instances where a system-related problem requires such entry. A limited number of authorized Hamilton personnel must occasionally monitor information on the network and/or computer systems to maintain the integrity of the systems. This access is required for reasons that include, but are not limited to, trouble-shooting hardware and software problems; preventing unauthorized access and system misuse; providing for the overall efficiency and integrity of the systems; protecting the rights and property of the College; ensuring compliance with software and copyright, distribution, assuring that computer systems meet college requirements for virus protection and operating system updates before connecting to the campus network, and other College policies concerning the use of the computer network; and complying with legal and regulatory requests for information. System monitoring is a mechanism for keeping track of computer system activities, rather than a method for accessing private information. ITS personnel also take reasonable steps to prevent the dissemination of information concerning individual user activities. It is the policy of ITS to disclose neither the contents of electronic mail and data files stored in or transmitted via the College Central Computer Systems nor the activities of individuals on the campus network to other individuals within or outside the College community except when required to do so by law, other legal mandate, during legal investigations (in accordance with College policies) or by permission of the owner.  In addition, the College assumes ownership of the employee’s account(s) from the time access is terminated until the account(s) is/are deleted.  If it is necessary to ensure business continuity, designated personnel may be granted access to the account(s) during this period. Private communication via computer is treated with the same degree of protection as private communication in other media. However, due to limits of current technologies, which are inadequate to protect against unauthorized access, the confidentiality of e-mail and other system files can not be assured. All users should be aware of this and use reasonable caution when transmitting confidential materials. Central Computer Operations Access to computer operations areas is restricted to those responsible for operation and maintenance. Computing facilities on campus are secured when not open for business. ITS takes action to provide reasonable protection against environmental threats such as flooding, lightning, extreme temperatures, and loss or fluctuation of electrical power for central server and network facilities. ITS maintains procedures for protecting critical data that reside on central servers. While Hamilton provides security for files stored on central computing facilities, Hamilton cannot be responsible for protection against floods, fires, and catastrophic events of this type. Backup files from central servers are kept for only a few days. ITS does not guarantee the availability of backups for the restoration of files deleted through user error.
Personal Web Space
  • Web Publishing at Hamilton Personal Web Space Publishing Your Pages How do you get your work onto Hamilton's web server, and how do you get the old, out of date pages off the server? Move files to and from your space on the web server using one of these methods: On-campus Windows - Microsoft Networking Mac OSX Off-campus FTP (File Transfer Protocol) - Multi-Platform   What Is My Web Address (URL)? Do you find the URLs for Hamilton's web site confusing? Wondering about the difference between www.hamilton.edu and academics.hamilton.edu? Here's a quick overview of the different spaces. Understanding Hamilton's Web space   Sign Up for Student Web Space Student Web space is now available through SiteManager, the College's content management system. Please fill out an account request form to get started. Additional Information Guidelines for Use of Student Web Space
  • Web Support Personal Web Space Before you fill out any of the support forms below, you may be able to find the answer to your question on our Web Publishing at Hamilton page. If you need help, or if you have any questions, about Web development at Hamilton College, please select one of the support areas below... The following forms are for assistance with Web Space, Web Accounts, and Web Development ONLY. If you need help with network passwords, Blackboard CourseInfo, hardware, or other issues please contact the Help Desk at x4181, helpdesk@hamilton.edu, or ITS Support. Technical Support and Problems / Bugs / Updates Examples: Broken links, a bug/error in a Web application, change to content or form fields, unable to connect to a specific Web site at Hamilton. Technical/Bug Problem Report   General Contact Form to submit your issue.)---> Sign Up for Student Web Space Student Web space is now available through SiteManager, the College's content management system. Please fill out an account request form to get started. Sign up / Manage Student Web SpaceCurrently Unavailable Contact Web Services at webhelp@hamilton.edu or call 315-859-4932. --->     Account and Password Issues Examples: Give someone access to one of your Web folders, request organization Web space, and other user account-related issues. Account/Password Request   Projects and New Features Examples: Request to develop and new Web application or site, request to add a new feature to an existing Web application. New Project Request Form Feature Request Form (for an existing application/site) General Questions Examples: Comments, Suggestions, anything not covered above. E-mail Web Services at webhelp@hamilton.edu
  • Windows Web Publishing Personal Web Space Windows users can connect to the web server using Windows networking. This will make your web space appear as a disk or folder on your personal computer, allowing you to drag and drop files and folders to and from the web server, just as you do for other disks on your system.   Windows 7/Vista Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" into the search box and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on Network and select Map Network Drive... In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Windows XP   Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Choose Run In the open field of the dialog box, type \\Polaris Click OK The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on My Network Places and select Map Network Drive. In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people Click OK The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Troubleshooting Please contact the Help Desk x4181 if you are having trouble connecting to Polaris.
Policy
  • Faculty Media Workstation Policy The Faculty Media Workstation, located within ITS on the third floor of Burke Library, is a development and production workspace specifically for faculty use. In this space, faculty can explore multimedia software (e.g. graphics, audio & video). This space is intended for multimodal project development and production independently or in consultation with instructional technologists. To make an appointment or reserve time to work in this facility, just email mpc@hamilton.edu. Faculty Media Workstation Policies Camera & Peripheral Equipment Loan – Faculty can borrow peripheral equipment for academic project development from the Faculty Media Workstation (FMWS) for up to two weeks at a time.  Students may borrow from a separate group of course support cameras with faculty permission emailed to mpc@hamilton.edu. Project Storage and File Management – Projects created on the faculty media workstation are the responsibility of the creator.  We attempt to back-up all projects on the FMWS scratch disk to another local hard drive.  We will maintain a copy of all project work we have a backed-up for 4 months.  We  suggest that an archive quality copy of each project be made and taken by the author as soon as the project is finished. All projects older than 4 months will be deleted from the workstation and back-up drives.
  • Policies - Access to Information Technology Resources Policy Policies Access to Information Technology Resources Eligibility Information Technology Resources (computer hardware, software, telephone systems, cable television, networks, services, data, and other information) are made available at Hamilton to support and facilitate the teaching, research and administrative functions of the College. Electronic resources include: Group I (electronic mail, listservs, personal calendar, portal, Blackboard course management system, network storage, campus ID card) Group II (Web Advisor) Group III (Login access to Datatel) Access to electronic resources for employees, students, spouses/partners, and alumni is enabled through username and password provided to individuals according to the following guidelines. Non-Faculty Employees are given access to Group I resources upon notification of hire. Access to Group III resources is by request from the Department Head. Non-Faculty employee access to all resources is removed at the end of business on the last date of employment.  As soon as an employee gives notice, he/she should enable a "vacation" (auto-responder) message to indicate his/her last date of employment and to provide correspondents with an alternate address to which they should address future College business.  Employees should also remove any personal e-mail or files from their accounts during this period.  Faculty are given access to Group I resources and Group II resources upon notification of hire. Access to Group III resources is by request by the Dean of Faculty. Faculty access to all resources is removed at the end of business three months after the last date of employment.    A request for a brief extension of e-mail privileges may be made to the Dean of Faculty. Upon request to the Dean of Faculty an emeritus faculty member can retain his/her Hamilton e-mail address for as long as desired. Students are given access to Group I and Group II resources upon making an acceptance deposit to the College. Students who work in administrative offices may be granted limited access to Group III resources. Student access to all resources is removed three months after withdrawal or graduation.   A request for a brief extension of e-mail privileges may be made to the Director, Help Desk and Training Services in ITS. Graduates are automatically eligible for access to the Hamilton alumni directory. As part of the directory, alumni have access to an e-mail forwarding service. Each alumnus can create a username@alumni.hamilton.edu which will automatically forward e-mail to an e-mail account they have with an Internet Service Provider (e.g. AOL). Information Technology Resources (computer hardware, software, telephone systems, cable television, networks, services, data, and other information) are made available at Hamilton to support and facilitate the teaching, research and administrative functions of the College. Access to these resources is provided to employees of the College (faculty, administration, staff, maintenance and operations) and enrolled students consistent with their responsibilities. E-mail accounts are continued for Hamilton alumni for three months after graduation, and may be extended by special request to the e-mail administrator. Other individuals, upon submission of a request, may be granted access to some, or all, of Hamilton's IT resources by the Vice President for Information Technology. Generally, such individuals will have some association with the College. The terms of access will be stated at the time access is granted. Under no circumstance may anyone use College IT resources for profit-making activities, in ways that are illegal (e.g. copyright violations), that threaten the College's tax-exempt or other status, or interfere with reasonable use by other members of the College community. Convention For User Names The standard Hamilton naming convention for access to electronic systems comprises the first initial of the first name, followed by (up to seven characters of) the last name. If duplicates occur, the middle initial is generally used to resolve ambiguity. Access in Residence Halls Residence hall connections are intended to provide students with access to telephone and cable television services, and the campus data network. One telephone, cable television, and data network connection is provided for each student. Network connections, wiring, equipment, or jacks may not be altered or extended beyond the location of their intended use. Students must provide their own telephones, televisions, computers, software, and Ethernet cards that meet minimum Hamilton standards. Information on current minimum standards and recommended configurations is available online. Network standards are updated annually. Any costs incurred to repair damages to a network, telephone, or cable television jack in a residence hall room will be divided equally, and billed to the students residing in that room. Management of Internet Bandwidth The campus network, including our connection to the Internet, is a critical shared resource for supporting the academic program. Uses of our Internet connection that are central to the academic/administrative mission of the college (e.g. access to Hamilton web, e-mail, and Blackboard Courseinfo servers) will receive higher priority during times when classes are in session, offices are open, and in the evenings when preparation takes place (i.e. critical times). Low priority uses, including recreational uses, are peripheral to our mission and will receive lower priority during critical times. Between the hours of 7 a.m. and 2 a.m. each day (critical times): With the exception of web traffic a fixed percentage of bandwidth is allocated between the residence halls and the Internet. Access to the Hamilton e-mail, web, and Blackboard Courseinfo servers from off-campus is the highest priority. Incoming or outgoing web traffic between the Internet and the campus network is the next highest priority. Peer-to-Peer Internet applications (applications for distributing videos, music, software, etc.) receive the lowest priority. Between the hours of 2 a.m. and 7 a.m. (non-critical times): There will be no restrictions on bandwidth. The quality and volume of our Internet traffic is regularly monitored to assure that critical applications are available to members of the community. Hamilton does not monitor the content of traffic on the network. It is the responsibility of each person using college resources, including the network, to do so in an ethical and legal manner. Particular attention should be given to observing copyright laws for digital materials. Personal Computers on the Network Internet addresses are provided dynamically through a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) system. In order to obtain a static Internet (TCP/IP) computer address the owner of the system must register the computer with ITS network services. The rules and regulations contained in this policy pertaining to electronic mail and Internet access are equally applicable to the use of personal machines for file sharing or as servers. If bandwidth or other problems occur, ITS reserves the right to discontinue access to the machine. Computers connected to the network may not be used as servers for private enterprises, commercial activity, or personal profit. Computers connected to the network may not be used to provide access to the Internet for anyone not formally affiliated with the College. If personal computers on the Hamilton network are used as servers, the administrator has the additional responsibility to respond to any use of the server that is in violation of these policies and procedures. Server administrators must take steps to prevent recurrence of such violations and report these violations to the Hamilton Network Administrator (hostmaster@hamilton.edu). ITS reserves the rights to disconnect any network port whose activity causes an adverse effect on the network or on any other user. Network connections may also be revoked in the case of malicious or inappropriate computing activity on the network. See Noncompliance and Sanctions for examples of these activities. ITS reserves the right to restrict access to the network during expansion, or for diagnostic and maintenance services. Every effort will be made to provide advance notification and to schedule such disruptions during times of minimum impact and traffic. Virus Protection Hamilton College requires all computers connected to the network to have up-to-date virus protection. Failure to do so will result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until the situation is corrected. Sophos anti-virus software is provided free to all students. Other anti-virus products may be substituted for Sophos Anti-Virus as long as they are kept current. In addition, all attachments to e-mail sent to the Hamilton mail server are scanned for viruses. If an attachment is found to be infected it is deleted and a text file is attached to the e-mail message (called substitute.txt) informing the receiver that the attachment was infected with a virus. The receiver can then contact the sender to have the message retransmitted after the attachment has been cleaned of the virus. Windows Updates All computers running the Microsoft Windows operating system and connected to the Hamilton College network must be kept up-to-date with critical service updates from Microsoft. Failure to do so will result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until the situation is corrected. Individuals wanting to request an exception to the Windows update policy must do so in writing to the Vice President for Information Technology. Network Connections in Departments All offices, laboratories, and classrooms on campus are wired for access to the network. If departments request additional network jacks, or if network connections need to be moved to different locations, the department should request this service through ITS. The department will be billed for charges resulting from moves, additions, and changes. Network connections, wiring, equipment, or jacks may not be altered or extended beyond the location of their intended use. Any costs incurred to repair damages to a network, telephone, or cable television jack in a department will be billed to that department. Dial-Up Connections For all campus users the primary access to Hamilton computing services is through the campus network. Dial-in access via modem is not provided.  
  • Policies - College Computer Equipment Policy Replacement of College Computer Equipment Most college computer equipment is replaced every four to five years (see exceptions below). The Goals of the replacement plan are to: assure that appropriate computing resources are available in public and departmental computing facilities, classrooms, and college offices to support the mission of the institution; assure that each faculty and staff member who uses computing resources in his or her position has a computer of sufficient capability to fulfill his/her responsibilities; implement minimum standards for computing equipment on campus; • encourage planning, cost-effective installation of new equipment and disposal of old equipment. Computer equipment is generally replaced during the late spring and summer months (May 1 - August 15). Replacement schedules are distributed annually to departments in early November for review and consultation with ITS staff. Hardware configurations for new equipment are prepared in March and individuals with equipment scheduled for replacement are notified of those details. Generally, individuals will have one college computer provided for them on the replacement plan. By the nature of their responsibilities, some individuals may need to have more than one computer to accomplish their responsibilities - for example, if they must use both Macintosh and Windows platforms in their work. In these cases, department heads/supervisors may request from the appropriate officer of the college (e.g., for faculty, the Dean of the Faculty) that an exception be made. Computers are essential tools for faculty, even when they are on sabbatical leave. For this reason the college permits faculty on leave to continue to use their computer during that period. Computers will be provided to faculty replacements from a pool of computers designated for this purpose. Computers are not to be purchased from departmental operating budgets. Only special funds designated for computer replacement or equipment purchases may be used for this purpose. The officers of the college approve such funds. Certain departments or individuals obtain grants or have special budget allocations for computing equipment. Computers purchased with these grants or budget allocations will not be on the replacement plan unless approval is obtained from the officers at the time the grant is received or the budget is allocated. Loaner Equipment Hamilton College employees can borrow laptop computers for up to seven consecutive days for uses related to college business. Both Macintosh and Windows laptops are available. These computers are enabled for wireless and high-speed internet access. Reservations are required, and should be made at least two business days in advance. For more information, or to make a reservation, call 4LLP (4557), or e-mail: laptop@hamilton.edu Departmental Equipment All college computers are maintained in a central inventory. At the time a computer enters the inventory the replacement cycle, if any, is designated. Computers that are an integral part of a piece of scientific equipment, or are used primarily for research purposes, are not generally part of the replacement plan. Replacement of such equipment is by a special request to the Dean of the Faculty. Old equipment is sold for residual values through Hamilton's official salvage process and must be returned to ITS.  Grant-Funded Equipment Individuals pursuing grants for computing equipment should discuss their plans with the Director, Desktop Integration Services as part of the budgeting process. Computing equipment that is acquired under grants will enter the inventory and be upgraded on a regular replacement cycle only if approved at the time of the application for the grant. Faculty members teaching in various special curricular programs are, under certain conditions, awarded research, or startup, funds. Some faculty members also have research funds available to them when they hold endowed chair positions. These funds may be used to buy additional computers and printers for office or home use, but the equipment will belong to the college. Such equipment should be ordered through the College purchasing process and will not normally be upgraded or replaced by the college, except through further use of research funds. If this equipment is to be on the computer replacement plan the faculty member must obtain a commitment, in writing, from the Dean and the Vice-President for Administration and Finance indicating this. Otherwise, the equipment will not be on a replacement cycle. Printers and Other Peripheral Equipment The college provides networked printing locations for workgroup clusters in every department. Individual desktop printers are not normally provided. Other peripheral pieces of equipment such as scanners are also generally provided in clustered locations instead of individual offices. Since these pieces of equipment are usually used intermittently, clustering allows sharing of specialized technical resources. Responsibility for Equipment Each employee is responsible for taking reasonable safety precautions in regard to Hamilton-owned computer equipment. Employees will be held responsible for damage to such equipment arising out of their negligence or intentional misconduct. Upgrades and Renewal For computer equipment on the replacement plan, ITS staff members consult with users prior to ordering and installing new equipment to determine the current and anticipated equipment needs. Computers that are replaced are returned to ITS. ITS then reassigns the computers or sells them through the campus salvage process. Hamilton will not upgrade non-Hamilton computers.   For questions about these Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards, contact: David Smallen, Vice President for Information Technology 315-859-4169
  • Policies - Electronic Mail (E-mail) & Listserv (Mass E-mail lists) Policy Department or Group Accounts By special permission, college departments and student groups will be granted a single account to facilitate connections between the department or group and interested parties. The department or group must identify one person to be responsible for the account and to act as the contact person. In addition, student organizations must be registered with the Office of Student Activities before an account will be granted. Appropriate Use of E-mail Hamilton strongly recommends that e-mail not be used for confidential communication. E-mail is now considered a formal written record that carries the same legal weight as a formal memorandum. Users of e-mail should remember that e-mail messages become the possession of the receiver and can be easily duplicated and redistributed by recipients. Messages that have been deleted can unintentionally be retained on system backup files. In addition, even secure passwords are not completely confidential. When a private message needs to be conveyed between two individuals, a conversation is the best way to accomplish it, and messages that should not be preserved should be deleted immediately. College policy prohibits certain types of e-mail. These include mail that may be perceived as harassment, political campaigning, chain mail or commercial solicitation. Violators will be subject to loss of computer access privileges, as well as additional disciplinary action as determined by the Hamilton judiciary procedures. Certain types of e-mail, including but not limited to harassing e-mail, may also subject the sender to civil or criminal penalties. In spite of College policy, e-mail can be abused by malicious users who know the owner's computing ID and password. Users are responsible for protecting their own passwords. ListServ Lists ListServ is a commercial software product installed on our E-mail system. It is designed to provide an easy way to create and maintain large E-mail mailing lists. These lists can be used for the one-way distribution of information, for E-mail based discussion, questions and answers, etc. Lists are created and "owned" by an E-mail user who manages the list?s behavior. Any faculty, staff, or student member of the Hamilton College community is entitled to become a ListServ list owner. Campus-based organizations and departments are also entitled to own lists, but an individual within the group must be designated as the list owner. Students must be in good standing with the Dean of Students office and student organizations must be registered with the Office of Student Activities. All lists must be approved by the ITS ListServ administrator prior to creation, but the following general guidelines apply: The purpose of the list must pertain to Hamilton College business. Lists are not open to off-campus subscribers unless special permission is obtained. However, Hamilton College students or employees who use off-campus E-mail addresses are allowed to own and belong to lists. It is the list owner's responsibility to learn the commands necessary to manage the list's subscribers. Under no circumstances can a list be used to participate in or promote activities that are illegal, violate the Hamilton College code of conduct, or the Hamilton College Honor code. To apply for list ownership and select a list type, please read Becoming a ListServ List Owner from which you can create your list. Return to Main Listserv Page ListServ Mass Mailing Lists Effective July 1, 2010 As a service to the Hamilton College community, several e-mail based mass mailing lists have been created. These are designed to facilitate the timely and cost-effective distribution of information to the campus community. E-mail now reaches almost all faculty, administration and staff (members of M & O generally don't use computers in connection with their responsibilities) and students. Participation in the mass mailing lists is voluntary. In order that these lists remain a reliable means of communication, it is important that members of the Hamilton community abide by a few guidelines. These guidelines are not designed to limit free speech but are intended to keep your mail volume at a reasonable level. Most importantly, anonymous mailings are prohibited. The sender's real name must be identified (in full) within the body of the message - not just at the top in the "from" line. There are two sets of mass mailing lists, one for announcement of events and the other for general campus notices. The guidelines for use of these lists are explained below. Events By an "event" we mean an activity (meeting, performance,, lecture, etc.) that takes place on- or off-campus at a specific date and time and is sponsored, or co-sponsored by either an academic or administrative department/program or a student organization recognized by Student Activities.   Sponsorship means that the chair of a College department, program or organization indicates that the organization supports the event and that members of the College are actively involved in organizing the event (e.g., as speakers). If someone other than the organizer(s) makes the event announcement, they share in the responsibility for adhering to the guidelines. Posting to the lists will be limited to all employees and two* student representatives, or the e-mail account assigned to each student organization recognized by Student Activities. Violations by the student representatives will accrue to the organization they represent regardless of whether the violator acted alone. An event will be limited to two posts to the mass mailing lists. Corrections count as one of the two messages. If an event is cancelled or postponed, two additional notices are allowed. Each message must have a subject line that is descriptive of the event The first 4 lines of the message must contain: Date and time of the event Sponsor of the event Name of the event Location of the event The remainder of the message should be a short description of the event. [Note that if you include graphics you may exceed the limit of 25 MB for the message. Such messages will be rejected.] Clarification: Posting a message to an inappropriate list is a violation (e.g., posting a message intended for students to the events-all  list) The mass e-mail lists for posting events are: a. Events-students@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to students) b. Events-20xx@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to students in a particular class year, where xx is the last two digits of the class year) c. Events-faculty@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the faculty) d. Events-staff@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the staff) e. Events-admin@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the administration) f.  Events-maintop@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of Maintenance and Operations) g. Events-employees@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to employees) h. Events-all@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to both students and employees) The notices mass e-mail lists will be used only for the following general categories. A non-comprehensive bulleted list of examples is provided for each category. Announcement of Hamilton deadlines, policies and procedures These announcements must come from individuals representing the administrative or academic departments responsible for the deadline, policy or procedure being addressed (e.g. drop-add, parking permits, library books due) Reports from Hamilton organizations or departments These reports must come from individuals representing the academic or administrative offices, or student organizations recognized by Student Activities who generated the reports (e.g., Minutes of Student Assembly, Agendas, reports from faculty meetings, Honor Court decisions, results of campus-wide initiatives or community events such as United Way, Heart Walk & Run, announcement of appointments). Notification of the availability of, or changes in, Hamilton College services or facilities These notices must come from individuals representing the academic or administrative departments, or student organizations recognized by Student Activities who are responsible for the services or facilities being addressed (e.g., dining and fitness center schedules, availability of Hamilton housing, IT and library services, department newsletters, availability of Hamilton-sponsored publications, Campus Safety announcements, sales in the College Store, Physical Plant notices, fund raising activities for Hamilton organizations, fund raising activities approved by Office of the President (for employees) or by the Student Activities Office (for students)). Surveys Student-initiated surveys must be related to the academic program and endorsed by a faculty mentor.  The request for such surveys must be submitted by the faculty mentor. These surveys must be sent to exception@hamilton.edu for prior approval. Student organizations recognized by Student Activities can submit surveys directly to the student lists. These must be surveys that will only be given to students. Surveys related to college business or faculty research may be submitted directly to the lists. Notices from members of the senior staff directly related to their areas of responsibility The mass e-mail lists for posting notices are: a. Notices-students@listserv.hamilton.edu(sent only to students) b. Notices-20xx@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to students in a particular class year, where xx is the last two digits of the class year) c.  Notices-faculty@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the faculty) d. Notices-staff@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the staff) e. Notices-admin@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the administration) f.  Notices-maintop@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of Maintenance and Operations) g. Notices-employees@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to employees) h. Notices-all@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to both students and employees) Please consider your audience carefully (e.g., do not send a mailing to "all" if you only need to reach students).Examples of inappropriate uses include, but are not limited to: Personal opinion, public debate, or campaigning Announcements should not attempt to sell the reader on a point of view.   The information provided should be as factual as possible and sufficient enough to explain the purpose of the announcement. If additional background information is necessary, a web link may be included.  A message that contains no actual announcement (e.g. does not meet the criteria listed above for an event or a non-event) is a violation. Give-aways (personal property such as furniture, tickets, equipment, books, etc.) Surveys other than those specified above Chain mail Lost and found (except when it is Hamilton College property, or involves animals) there is a Lost and Found channel in My Hamilton. Requests for rides (there is a Rides channel in My Hamilton) Items for sale - or items desired (including houses, tickets, books, services, etc.) There is a marketplace channel in My Hamilton that can be used for this purpose.   Exceptions to the Guidelines: Messages that Fall Outside the Guidelines, or from senders not approved for Mass Mail: Any individual wanting to post a message to the mass e-mail lists that falls outside of the guidelines, can request that the message be posted by sending a request for an exception to: exception@hamilton.edu. The request will be directed to the appropriate member of the senior staff for approval. Approval or denial will be communicated to the person making the request. Requests for exceptions should be sent at least two business days in advance of the time the posting is to take place. Penalties for Violations: A first time violation will result in the removal of posting (sending) privileges to the mass lists for a period of one month (not including breaks). A second violation will result in the removal of both posting and receiving messages to/from the mass lists for a period of one month (not including breaks). A third violation will result in the loss of posting and receiving privileges for the equivalent of a full semester. A fourth violation will result in the individual being referred to the appropriate judicial body dealing with employees or students. Violations are cumulative for as long as you are at Hamilton (or four years for employees). Loss of privileges applies to all the mass lists. Violators may appeal their penalty by submitting their reasons in writing to the chair of the Committee on Information Technology. The Committee will review the appeal and return a decision within 5 business days. During the appeal process the penalty will be suspended. [Return to Main Listserv Page] For questions about these Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards, contact: David Smallen Vice President for Information Technology, Hamilton College 315-859-4169
  • Policies - Hardware and Software Policy   Supported Products The Committee on Information Technology maintains a list of supported hardware and software. Suggestions for additions and deletions from the list should be submitted to the Chair of the Committee. The Committee will review this list periodically. This list includes the types and brands of hardware and software that are in use at the college and indicates the level of support that ITS can provide. Two levels of service are provided for supported information technology resources, full and limited. Full Support Products designated for full support are those with widespread use on the campus. Examples include generic products (word processors, spreadsheets, Web browsers, etc.). ITS will provide help for the integration of these products with other supported campus technology resources, including services such as installation, training, maintenance, troubleshooting, and upgrades. HelpDesk, hardware repair, and training services for these products will be available through ITS. ITS will maintain sufficient expertise on staff, or through contractual arrangements, to deliver a high level of service for these products. In addition, for these products, ITS will negotiate favorable pricing and maintain a central budget for software upgrades. Limited Support Products designated for limited support are generally used by one or two departments. Examples include computer-assisted instruction programs and simulations. ITS does not have access to these products on a regular basis. Departments acquiring such products should plan to develop their own expertise and be prepared to resolve problems through the vendors' support services. ITS will provide help installing these products. It is unlikely that Helpdesk, repair, or training services will be available for these products. Items in the limited category can move to the full category if they achieve more widespread use and sufficient resources exist within ITS to provide the range of services described above. Licensing of Software The use of all software in the College is protected by copyright laws and must be used in accordance with software licenses. It is against College policy to copy or reproduce any licensed software. Unlicensed software may not be installed on any computers owned by Hamilton. The unauthorized use or copying of software is a serious violation of policy and subject to disciplinary action. Such unauthorized use or copying may also subject the offending individual to law suits by third parties. Software on Personally Owned Equipment Hamilton's educational licensing agreements for software specifically limit installation to machines owned by the college. Therefore, software purchased by Hamilton under these agreements may not be installed on personally owned equipment. Our current license agreement with Microsoft does allow the installation of one copy of Microsoft Office on the home machine of an employee who has Office on the work machine. For information on these programs, Hamilton's current licensing agreements, and exceptions, contact the Director, ITS, Desktop Integration Services.
  • Policies - Indemnification of Hamilton College Policy Users agree, in consideration of access to the College's computing, networking and media services, to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the College for any suits, claims, losses, expenses or damages, including, but not limited to, the user's access to or use of the College's computing, networking, and media services and facilities. Noncompliance and Sanctions Information Technology Services may suspend or terminate all computing privileges of any individuals without notice who engage in improper computing activities. Serious cases, as determined by the Vice President for Information Technology, Hamilton College, will be referred to the appropriate officer of the college for disciplinary action. Such disciplinary action may include the suspension, expulsion, or termination of the offending individual, as appropriate and as determined at the sole discretion of Hamilton College. Where violation of state and federal law is involved, cases will be referred to the proper legal authorities for action. The following serves to provide examples of violations of computing or computing facility policies at Hamilton College. The list of violations includes, but is not limited to: Malicious misuse. Examples - using IDs or passwords assigned to others, disrupting the network, destroying information, removing software from public computers, spreading viruses, sending e-mail that threatens or harasses other people (a Class A misdemeanor under New York State law), invading the privacy of others, and subscribing others to mailing lists or providing the e-mail addresses of others to bulk mailers without their approval.   Unacceptable use of software and hardware. Examples - knowingly or carelessly running or installing unlicensed software on any computer system or network; giving another user a program intended to damage the system; running or installing any program that places an excessive load on a computer system or network, or compromises the security of the systems or network; violating terms of applicable software licensing agreements, including copying or reproducing any licensed software; or violating copyright laws and their fair use provisions through inappropriate reproduction or dissemination of copyrighted text, images, or other materials; using imaging equipment to duplicate, alter and subsequently reproduce official documents.   Inappropriate access. Examples - unauthorized use of a computer account; providing misleading information in order to obtain access to computing facilities; using the campus network to gain unauthorized access to any computer system; connecting unauthorized equipment to the campus network; unauthorized attempts to circumvent data protection schemes to uncover security loopholes (including creating and/or running programs that are designed to identify security loopholes and/or decrypt intentionally secure data); knowingly or carelessly performing an act that will interfere with the normal operation of computers, terminals, peripherals, or networks; deliberately wasting or overloading computing resources, such as printing too many copies of a document; or other activities.   Inappropriate use of electronic mail and Internet access. E-mail communications are subject to statements of conduct as published in the Student, Faculty, Administrator, Staff, and Maintenance and Operations Handbooks, as well as all applicable federal and state laws. In addition, other activities that threaten the integrity of the system or harm individual users are not allowed. These include, but are not limited to initiating or propagating electronic chain letters; inappropriate mass mailing including multiple mailings to newsgroups, mailing lists, or individuals, forging the identity of a user or machine in an electronic communication or sending anonymous e-mail; using another person's e-mail account or identity to send e-mail messages; attempting to monitor or tamper with another user's electronic communications; reading, copying, changing, or deleting another user's files or software without the explicit agreement of the owner; or using e-mail or personal web page advertising to solicit or proselytize others for commercial ventures, religious or political causes, or for personal gain.
  • Policies - Ownership of Intellectual Property Policy Policy on the Determination of Ownership of Intellectual Property Policy on College-Owned Intellectual Property
  • Policies - Perimeter Firewall Policy Adopted November 2003 Information Technology Services at Hamilton College operates a Perimeter Firewall between the Internet and the College network to establish a secure environment for the College's computer and network resources. The Perimeter Firewall is a key component of the Hamilton network security architecture. This Perimeter Firewall Policy governs how the Perimeter firewall will filter Internet traffic to mitigate the risks and losses associated with security threats to the Hamilton network and information systems. This policy is designed to protect college computers (student and employee computers) from hacking and virus attacks by restricting access to computers on the Hamilton campus from people who are off-campus. Every computer on the Hamilton network still must be secured and virus protected to be protected against other computers on the internal network. Introduction Among Hamilton's information technology priorities is the maintenance of a safe and secure computing environment. Historically, the risk of malicious packets making it into the College network has been relatively high. The assets at risk from targeted attacks against the network include data/information, software and hardware services, including access to the Internet and access to central servers are also at risk. Often, the data that is stored on such servers are the true targets of attackers. The College's Perimeter Firewall must allow access to protected resources from authorized users located outside the firewall (users on the Internet). An increasing number of users work at home or while traveling. Research collaborators may also need to enter the Hamilton network from remote hosts. While this method does protect against many intrusions, it is not bullet proof. When a violation is suspected, the firewall architecture has logging capabilities to provide forensic information. Information Technology Services (ITS) designed the Perimeter Firewall Policy to effectively enable the security control mechanisms found within the Perimeter Firewall. Consistent with all College information technology policies, the Perimeter Firewall Policy adheres to the College's General Policies on the Use of Information Technology. A Perimeter Firewall is the first line of protection in the campus network. Similar to most modern hotels, one can enter and walk around many areas of the hotel such as the lobby unrestricted; however, to access a particular resource, such as a hotel room, one needs a key. In addition to the perimeter firewall which ITS will be maintaining, individuals and departmental system administrators are advised to make their desktop and server systems as secure as possible through a "deny everything, permit on exception" firewall or system configuration approach. System administrators are encouraged to weigh the merit of placing firewall software on departmental servers and desktop machines. Host firewalls can block port scanners, protect against known exploits, log suspicious events and evaluate configurations. Responsibilities The Network and Telecommunications Team of ITS is responsible for implementing and maintaining the College network perimeter firewall. Therefore, ITS is also responsible for activities relating to this policy. Responsibility for information systems security on a day-to-day basis is every employee's responsibility. Specific guidance and direction for information systems security is the responsibility of ITS. Policy for Perimeter Firewall The Perimeter Firewall permits the following for outbound and inbound Internet traffic: Outbound - Allow ALL Internet traffic to hosts and services outside of the College with the exception of known security vulnerabilities (see below). This allows anyone connected to the Hamilton Network to utilize all services on the Internet with the exception of known vulnerabilities. Inbound - Only specific services which support the College mission will be allowed to be accessed from the Internet. The chart below identifies the most common services used for Internet communications within the Hamilton environment. The following is a limited explanation for each column: Server Functions and Services - This a listing of the most common Internet services used on the College file servers to support the mission and business of the College. Hamilton Network to Internet - All traffic originating from a College computer to an external host has no firewall policies applied except for known security vulnerabilities which are described in the chart below. Internet to Hamilton Network - All traffic originating from a computer on the Internet (somewhere off-campus) to a computer on the Hamilton network is only allowed into the following systems.   Hamilton Network to the Internet: Services which are NOT allowed Internet to Hamilton Network: Services which ARE allowed All Microsoft Networking Protocols Network Monitoring Protocols UNIX File System Protocols Virus Related Protocols Spyware Related Protocols (MarketScore Spyware) Hamilton E-mail Server Hamilton Web Server Blackboard SSS (FTP Only) Software (FTP Only) WebAdvisor Citrix Statistics Applications Library Catalog and Databases ListServ Mailing Lists Remote Desktop to Any OSX and Windows XP System Other Departmental Servers Operational Procedures Faculty, staff, and students may request access from the Internet for a service inside Hamilton for a new or existing server. These requests must be submitted in writing and need to include a rationale for the request by submitting the Firewall Service Security Policy Modification Form. It is recommended that faculty, staff, and students submit the request through the ITS Help Desk. The Network and Telecommunications Services Team and Vice President for Information Technology will evaluate the risk of opening the firewall to accommodate requests. Where the risk is acceptable, granting of requests will be dependent on network infrastructure limitations and the availability of required resources to implement the request. If the risk associated with a given request is deemed objectionable, then an explanation of the associated risks will be provided to the original requestor and alternative solutions will be explored. If during the implementation it is determined that the original request does not provide the functionality to meet the unit's business need, then the Network and Telecommunications Services Team will, on a short-term basis, provide open access through the firewall. Subsequently, long-term, the Network and Telecommunications Services Team will work with the requestor to determine exactly what ports are needed to meet the unit's business needs. Certain mission-critical functions require outside vendors and other entities to have secured and limited access to departmental network resources from the Internet to Hamilton. This access needs to be approved by either a director or department chair and then coordinated through Network and Telecommunications Services Team by submission of the Firewall Service Security Policy Modification Form. If the original requestor considers the solution to be unsatisfactory, the request may be appealed to the Vice President for Information Technology. Turn around time for a request of common services listed will be approximately 2 business days from the receipt of the Modification Form. Common Services include: FTP Telnet/SSH SMTP HTTP/HTTPS Turn around time of a request for any other service will be no more than 5-10 business days. This additional time is needed to investigate any risk associated to the College.
  • Policies - Repair of Computer Equipment Policy Policies Repair of Computer Equipment Hamilton Computer Equipment All college computer equipment is maintained on a service contract with an outside vendor. Currently that vendor is VITEC Solutions (formerly IKON Technology Services). If a hardware problem is suspected the user should call the Helpdesk (859-4181) during normal business hours for assistance. If hardware service is indicated arrangements will be made with the VITEC technician. VITEC only repairs equipment located in college offices. Repairs will not be done in residence halls or private residences. Personally Owned Equipment VITEC Solutions also provides repair for personally owned computers. Computers are repaired at a discounted commercial rate established by the vendor as part of its contract with Hamilton. There is a minimum charge for examining the equipment if repair is not needed. Equipment must be delivered to the VITEC office in the basement of the Burke Library during regular business hours. The VITEC technician will be available each day between 4 and 5 p.m. to receive equipment, or by special arrangement by calling x4171 or by e-mail (vitec@hamilton.edu). Payment for the repairs must be made by check, credit card, or money order when the equipment is picked up. Charges for repair cannot be applied to your Hamilton College account.     For questions about these Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards, contact: David Smallen, Vice President for Information Technology 315-859-4169  
  • Policies - Reporting Critical Service Outages Policy During normal business hours (Monday - Friday, 8:30 a.m. - 4:30 p.m.), members of the College community should notify the ITS Helpdesk (x4181) of suspected problems with computers, networks, and related information technology resources. The Helpdesk will investigate the problem and determine corrective action. If the Helpdesk staff determines that the problem is related to the campus network or a server they will notify ITS personnel who will take appropriate action. Resolution of critical service outages (defined below) will be a top ITS priority and will be resolved in a timely manner. Non-critical problems will be investigated and resolved as soon as is feasible. Outside of business hours and on college holidays suspected critical service outages should be reported as follows: 4:30 p.m. - 10 p.m. (Monday - Friday) and 10 a.m. - 10 p.m., Saturday and Sunday Any suspected critical service outages should be reported to the student on duty in the Burke Computer Lab (x 5672) The student will follow prescribed diagnostic routines to determine if the problem is indeed of a critical nature. If so, s/he will call the appropriate ITS staff member to resolve the problem. No member of the community should call ITS staff outside of normal business hours. Outside of these times, suspected critical service outages should be reported at the next designated time the following day. A critical service outage is defined as one or more of the following: Failure of the campus network equipment or Internet connection making it impossible for a majority of users to access on-campus or off-campus resources. Campus-wide printing failure (not individual printers). Failure of a majority of computers in a public computer lab. Failure of the campus web server affecting the entire campus. Failure of the campus telephone system making it impossible for a majority of users to make outgoing calls or receive incoming calls. Failure of the college e-mail system affecting the entire campus. Failure of the college administrative system affecting the entire campus.
  • Policies - Responsible Use of Networks and Computer Facilities Policy Hamilton College is a private institution fully committed to the ideals of academic freedom, freedom of expression, and cultural diversity. At the same time, inappropriate behavior and malicious misuse of computing resources that in any way degrades the College equipment and services or violates the rights of others in the community is strictly prohibited.  Personal use of these systems for other than work-related matters should be minimal and limited so that it does not incur additional cost to the College, does not prevent the employee from attending to and completing work effectively and efficiently, and does not preclude others with work-related needs from using the resources, including the shared campus and Internet bandwidth.  Individual Responsibility While ITS is responsible for monitoring the use of computer systems, it is also the responsibility of all individuals in the Hamilton community to urge their peers and colleagues to use the network and systems appropriately. This is the only way that the integrity and availability of the network and systems can be ensured for everyone. Each member of the community is responsible for using only those accounts or computers for which he or she has authorization and is responsible for protecting all passwords. Individual responsibility includes respecting the rights of other users. Individuals are urged to report unauthorized use of computers, networks, or other ITS facilities on campus by calling the ITS e-mail administrator or notifying the Vice President for Information Technology. Institutional Privileges Hamilton College reserves the right to allocate resources in different ways in order to achieve maximum usage. To accomplish this, the system administrators may suspend or terminate privileges of individuals without notice if malicious misuse or use inconsistent with this policy, any other College policy, or applicable law is discovered. Privileges may also be suspended, without notice, to meet time-dependent, critical operational needs. System administrators may also limit the number of messages or files that each user has in order to keep the system functioning. Legal Compliance All existing federal and state laws and College regulations and policies apply to the use of computing resources and all users of such resources are required to be in compliance with all laws, regulations and policies at all times. This includes not only those laws and regulations that are specific to computers and networks, but also those that apply generally to personal conduct.  As such, any of these resources may be subject to review by designated College personnel in accordance with College policies.    
  • Policies - Security Policy Policies Security Security On Data Networks Security for access to the data network and to files or applications on a server is implemented via user ID and password systems. Each user is responsible for all e-mail transactions made under the authorization of his or her ID and password, and for all network e-mail activity originating from that connection. Users are personally responsible for the security of the ID and password assigned to them. Viewing, copying, altering or destroying any file, or connecting to a computer on the network without explicit permission of the owner is prohibited. Users may not use the Hamilton data network or telephone system to attempt to circumvent protection schemes or exercise security loopholes in any computer, network, or telephone system component. User IDs and Passwords Passwords should be known only to the person responsible for the account and user ID. Ways to ensure this include avoiding storing passwords or any other information that could be used to gain access to other computing resources on your workstation, never sharing passwords, and never taping passwords to a wall, under a keyboard, or in other easily discoverable areas. Access to user IDs may not be loaned or sold and any suspected breach of password security should be immediately reported to the ITS e-mail administrator. Passwords should be changed (at least) every six months. It is the college policy to require authentication from individuals requesting password changes. Students who forget their passwords can request a new password on the ITS website. In order to request a new password the student must know his/her college ID number. Passwords will only be provided in a sealed envelope in U. S. or campus mail, or in person. A person picking up passwords at the ITS offices must show his/her valid Hamilton College ID card. Employees who forget their password can request one through the Helpdesk. Passwords will not generally be given out over the telephone (exceptions can be made for individuals who are on leave from the college, but special steps will be taken to authenticate that the requestor is the correct person). The policy of ITS is not to request a password unless an individual specifically calls to request help from someone in ITS. A user receiving a call from someone asking for a password should regard the call as a scam. Protecting Desktop Equipment and Files Backups and protection of files stored on desktop equipment are the responsibility of the user of that equipment. Users must back up their work files on a regular basis. ITS provides storage space on central servers for this purpose. Department members are responsible for ensuring that critical files are backed up in their areas. Individual users are responsible for safeguarding the equipment entrusted to them by the college. This includes reasonable protection of equipment from damage and theft. Individual users are also responsible for safeguarding any equipment they own personally and bring to campus. Confidentiality and Privacy Hamilton takes reasonable steps to protect users from unauthorized entry into their accounts or files, whether by other users or by system administrators, except in instances where a system-related problem requires such entry. A limited number of authorized Hamilton personnel must occasionally monitor information on the network and/or computer systems to maintain the integrity of the systems. This access is required for reasons that include, but are not limited to, trouble-shooting hardware and software problems; preventing unauthorized access and system misuse; providing for the overall efficiency and integrity of the systems; protecting the rights and property of the College; ensuring compliance with software and copyright, distribution, assuring that computer systems meet college requirements for virus protection and operating system updates before connecting to the campus network, and other College policies concerning the use of the computer network; and complying with legal and regulatory requests for information. System monitoring is a mechanism for keeping track of computer system activities, rather than a method for accessing private information. ITS personnel also take reasonable steps to prevent the dissemination of information concerning individual user activities. It is the policy of ITS to disclose neither the contents of electronic mail and data files stored in or transmitted via the College Central Computer Systems nor the activities of individuals on the campus network to other individuals within or outside the College community except when required to do so by law, other legal mandate, during legal investigations (in accordance with College policies) or by permission of the owner.  In addition, the College assumes ownership of the employee’s account(s) from the time access is terminated until the account(s) is/are deleted.  If it is necessary to ensure business continuity, designated personnel may be granted access to the account(s) during this period. Private communication via computer is treated with the same degree of protection as private communication in other media. However, due to limits of current technologies, which are inadequate to protect against unauthorized access, the confidentiality of e-mail and other system files can not be assured. All users should be aware of this and use reasonable caution when transmitting confidential materials. Central Computer Operations Access to computer operations areas is restricted to those responsible for operation and maintenance. Computing facilities on campus are secured when not open for business. ITS takes action to provide reasonable protection against environmental threats such as flooding, lightning, extreme temperatures, and loss or fluctuation of electrical power for central server and network facilities. ITS maintains procedures for protecting critical data that reside on central servers. While Hamilton provides security for files stored on central computing facilities, Hamilton cannot be responsible for protection against floods, fires, and catastrophic events of this type. Backup files from central servers are kept for only a few days. ITS does not guarantee the availability of backups for the restoration of files deleted through user error.
Printing
  • PaperCut Account Management Printing PaperCut is a quota based print management system designed to monitor and control campus network printing resources in a way that allows Hamilton to reduce printing costs and environmental impact. Details on accessing your quota are below. Accessing PaperCut From a Campus Computer Go to the PaperCut Program and click details. Sign in with your MyHamilton username and password. From your Personal Computer Go to the website https://printx:9192/ Depending on your browser, you may see a message about the website's security certificate. Internet Explorer: Select Continue to this website. Firefox: Select Add an exception. Enter your MyHamilton username and password. That will bring you to the PaperCut Management Page. Managing PaperCut Summary gives you a summary of your PaperCut usage, including your environmental impact. Rates list the current prices for printing. Redeem Card allows you to add funds to your PaperCut account through a card purchased from ITS. Transaction History details your transactions for the past fifteen days. Recent Print Jobs lists your specific print jobs for the past fifteen days. Jobs Pending Release states which jobs are queued to be printed. Web Print allows you to print to any printer remotely. See here for details. Add Credit From Hill Card allows you to add funds to your PaperCut account from your Hill Card. Log Out securely takes you off the PaperCut management page. Printing to On-Campus Printers from your PC Did you know you can print to any on-campus printer from your PC without using WebPrint? See the instructions below to learn how! Windows Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 Mac OS X Driver Installation (Do this first!) OS X 10.4.x (Tiger) OS X 10.5.x-10.7.x (Leopard, Snow Leopard, Lion)
Remote Access
  • Manual VPN Client Installation for Mac OS X Remote Access If you receive a message stating that the web-based installation was unsuccessful, perform a manual installation by following the steps below: NOTE: ONLY ATTEMPT TO INSTALL THE VPN CLIENT WHILE OFF CAMPUS. When automatic installation fails, you will be presented with a window that has a link to download the VPN client installer to your computer. Click the Mac OS X 10.4 (intel) link to download the manual installer. Save the file to your computer. If the file automatically downloads, look for it in your Downloads or Desktop folder. Double-click on the downloaded file to access the manual installer. Double-click AnyConnect to initiate the installer.   The installer will open. Click Continue until you are presented with the software licensing agreement. Click Agree to continue. Make sure only the VPN option is checked, uncheck all other options.  Click Continue. Please note that installing the Web Security or other options could have unintended consequences, like disabling your ability to browse websites. Click Install. You will be prompted to enter your credentials. Please enter the credentials for your LOCAL computer and click Install Software. The software will install. Select Close after the process concludes. Navigate to your Applications Folder (Select Go > Applications in your Mac's menu bar) and find the Cisco folder. Open the Cisco AnyConnect Secure Mobility Client app. When the app opens, type outside.hamilton.edu in the connect field. Click Connect. When the Username and Password fields appear, enter your Hamilton credentials. Click OK. A dialog window with the warning against unauthorized use will pop-up. To continue, you must click the Accept button At this point, you will be connected to all of your normal Hamilton College network resources. Remember to disconnect your session when you are finished. Click on the VPN icon on your top menu bar, then click Disconnect.
  • Using VPN in Mac OSX Remote Access Installation Instructions To begin your installation, open your web browser. The video demonstration uses Firefox, but you may use any browser.  In the location box, type the URL <https://outside.hamilton.edu>. Note the ‘s’: you must type .  In the login dialog you see, Enter your Hamilton network ID and password, Then click Login Pay attention to the warning regarding unauthorized use. Remember, this includes family members. The Cisco AnyConnect VPN Client installer will start automatically. When the Verify Certificate pop-up dialog appears, click on the Trust button. Next, a dialog will pop-up with a message indicating an applet from outside.hamilton.edu wants access to your computer. Click on Allow. There will be a brief pause, with a Please wait… message, The VPN Client Downloader will start. In the pop-up dialog window that asks for a password to allow vpndownloader.app to make changes, Type the password you use to log into your computer; not necessarily your Hamilton network password. Click OK Wait patiently while the installer finishes downloading and configuring the client. This could take a minute or two. When the installation is finished, a connection to Hamilton will be started automatically. The Connection Established message includes a screen shot of the icon that you will find on the right side of desktop menu bar. Click on the icon to verify your connection, or to disconnect when you are finished with your session. Connecting and Disconnecting When you want to start a new connection to the VPN, Navigate to the Cisco folder inside your Applications folder, Then click on the Cisco AnyConnect VPN Client. The Cisco AnyConnect Client will open a dialog window. Be sure that the Connect to: menu displays outside.hamilton.edu, Then click the Select button. Next you’ll see a login dialog. Enter your Hamilton network ID and password, Then click the Connect button. A message window with the warning against unauthorized use will drop down. To continue, you must click the Accept button. When the connection is complete, a connection message will appear briefly in the upper right corner of your Mac’s desktop. You will then be connected to the Hamilton VPN. At this point, you can connect to all of your normal Hamilton College network resources. If you wish to start a Remote Desktop connection to your office computer, you can safely initiate that session now.  If you wish to connect to one of your network resources, such as your personal folder on ESS, Simply click on the Go menu in the desktop menu bar, Then click Connect to Server…. Enter the server address afp://ess and click Connect In the login dialog that appears, enter your Hamilton network ID and password, then click Connect. Select users from the volumes list, and click OK. A connection to the ESS users volume will be started, but it will take quite a while for the folders to download. Once the folder list is available, you can navigate to your personal folder, and use it just as though you were on campus. Remember to disconnect your session when you are finished. Just click on the VPN icon in the desktop menu bar, Then click Disconnect.
  • Using VPN in Windows 8 Remote Access Introduction The instructions on this page will guide you through installing the VPN client on your Windows 8 computer. NOTE: The VPN client cannot be installed on a computer connected to the Hamilton network, either via Wi-Fi or a network jack.  These instructions should only be followed on an OFF-CAMPUS computer. Introductory and Instructional Video This video will help you understand why VPN is being used at Hamilton and will guide you through the installation and use of the VPN client:
  • VPN for Remote Desktop Remote Access Background In fall 2011, Hamilton, along with other NY 6 Colleges (Colgate, Union, Skidmore, Hobart and William Smith and St. Lawrence) hired a team of security consultants to assess our network security environment. Among the recommendations were steps to lower our vulnerabilities from the Internet.  The first change will be to enhance the security of the use of Remote Desktop. Who does this affect?  Initially, any Hamilton employee connecting to on-campus resources, from off-campus, using a Remote Desktop connection (Mac or Windows). What:  Employees will need to use a secure connection through what is known as a virtual private network (VPN) BEFORE using Remote Desktop. A VPN connection is not required if you want to check your email from off-campus, use My Hamilton or Webadvisor. Why: To improve our data security.  Remote Desktop through an insecure connection is known to be a common point of attack for hackers. Please direct questions to the Help Desk at 859-4181.  Thank you for your help in improving the security of our information environment.
SSS
  • Data Backup and Storage SSS Introduction Imagine if all of the work that you spent hours completing suddenly disappeared and there were no way to bring it back from oblivion. A nightmarish scenario to be sure! Unfortunately, many face it every semester: ITS often assists students and employees whose computers have malfunctioned while either working on or after finishing some assignment, typically when such a loss is most painful and difficult to recover from. Thankfully, with a very little effort, this scenario can be easily avoided. Backing up your files serves many purposes. Beyond preventing a catastrophic loss of data, proper organization of one's data and easy options for retrieval will facilitate one's work at Hamilton and beyond, viz. graduate school, internships, and possibly future employment Storage Solution Finder External Hard Drive Employee Network Storage 1 Academic Server 2 Google Drive Flash Drive Dropbox or Similar Documents ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Images ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Music ✓   ✓ ✓ Video ✓   ✓     Computer Backup ✓ ✓       Easy Sharing     ✓ ✓   is a solution that should not be used for sensitive or confidential information, e.g. bank account numbers, passwords, social security numbers, health information. 1 This solution is only available to staff and faculty. 2 This solution is for academic purposes (e.g. Coursework) only. And only members of the Faculty and Staff can request folders be created on the Academic Server.              
SiteManager
  • Assistant Web Developer Training Tasks SiteManager Purpose The outline below provides guidelines for training a new web team employee. Training should be tailored to the employee’s existing skill set. As such, training elements can be added and/or removed as needed. Administrative New Employee paperwork Requires: Two forms of identification as described at http://www.uscis.gov/files/form/i-9.pdf Canceled check for direct deposit form Discuss, create schedule Contact Help Desk regarding new employee user account Add user to Web Admins or Web Students group Schedule   Orientation Time Sheets Labor Time Tracker Break Room Restrooms Hours Campus Safety: Parking Sticker Webhelp Schedule Monitoring E-mail Account Setup/Thunderbird Configuration Name, Office, Phone, E-mail, Request Summary   Training HTML Javascript HTML DOM  CSS ColdFusion (Lynda.com CDs: Essential, Beyond the Basics, What’s New in CF9) SQL Fundamentals JQuery Essential Training: Lynda.com See Maureen Scoones for log in. Hamilton Development Environment Server Environment Test & Live SiteManager & Templates Trusted Cache Version Control Sample Application 1 Quatrino has project proposal Form to Database/E-mail Code Reviews Sample Application 2 Quatrino has project proposal CRUD Interface (CReate, Update, Delete) Code Reviews Generator Bug Log Application Inventory/Case Tracking Web Support Form Email, clear, thorough descriptions are important.   Begin Standard Responsibilities Application Development System Support    
  • SiteManager - How do I add a page or file? SiteManager Add a Page or File NOTE: SiteManager can be used both on and off the Hamilton campus. Within the site/section where you want to add the new page, click on Add a page.   Enter a Page Title. The Page Title is what appears in your list of pages and in the blue band at the top of the web page.  If you include spaces within your title, the address will include hyphens where you had spaces. Choose a Page Type. The Page Type can be either Web Page or downloadable file, e.g. PDF, Word or Excel document. If uploading a file, click on Browse and locate and select the file to upload.  If the file is not a PDF and you want to convert it, check the box to Convert to PDF. The page will inherit the template design of the site/section. Click on Submit. Related Links How do I delete a page? How do I edit a page/replace a downloadable file?
  • SiteManager - How do I add a site contact? SiteManager Add Site Contact Information Click on an Add Content button and select the Site Contact module. Fill in the information and click save. If the information is already in the text and correct, click save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add audio/video? SiteManager Add Audio NOTE: Accepted File Types:  MP3 Select the Audio module. Find Media tab:  search for media you or others have already added. Add New Media tab:  add new audio files for immediate or later use. My Media tab:  see all audio media you have uploaded.   When you’ve found the audio file, select insert. Adding Video NOTE: Accepted File Types:  Flash (FLV) and Quicktime (MOV) (DV) NOTE: Files must be limited to 500 MB Select the Video module. The video media library will look exactly like the audio media library. Find Media tab:  search for media you or others have already added. Add New Media tab:  add new video files for immediate or later use. My Media tab:  see all video media you have uploaded. When you’ve found your video file, select insert.
  • SiteManager - How do I add comments? SiteManager Add Comments Select the Comments module. Settings Tab – Set Type of Comments: Moderated – add the list of moderators Not Moderated Comments Tab – See the comments posted, approve to show on page. Add Custom Content NOTE: Only use if you have knowledge of HTML. Select the Custom Content module. Enter your HTML code and click on save. Add Google Forms and Calendars Select the Google Forms and Calendars module. Follow the instructions in the box and click on Save. Add a Google Map Select the Google Map module. Fill in the information and click on Save. Add Hamilton News Select the Hamilton News module. Fill in the information and click on Save. Add Navigation Select the Navigation module. NOTE: Links will appear as the default heading. That can be changed later. Under your heading, enter a title and a URL, either by choosing a page or entering a specific URL, then click save. Repeat the previous step for all other links you want to add. Add Site Contact Information Select the Site Contact module. Fill in the information and click save. If the information is already in the text and correct, click save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add custom content? SiteManager Add Custom Content NOTE: Only use if you have knowledge of HTML. Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module. Enter your HTML code and click on save. Add Facebook Like Button Click on Add Content and select the custom content module. In a separate window or tab, go to http://developers.facebook.com/docs/reference/plugins/like/ Enter the URL of the Facebook page for which you want to create a like button. Uncheck send button. Click Get code. Select the IFRAME option and copy the code. In your content module, paste the code and click save. Add Facebook Feed NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module. Insert the following code (Include < and at the beginning of the code and remove the spaces in < / iframe>): iframe allowtransparency="true" src="http://www.facebook.com/connect/connect.php?id=###############&connections=0&stream=1" style="border: none; width: 300px; height: 380px;" frameborder="1" scrolling="no"> < / iframe> Insert your Facebook page's 10 or 15-digit id in place of the 15 # symbols. Your page's id is normally at the end of your page's URL. (You will need another tab/window to get to the Facebook page) If not, follow these instructions: On your page, right click and select view page source. In the Source Code, search (Control F on Windows, Cmd F on Mac) for profile_id=. Following that portion of the code is a 10 or 15-digit id. Insert that in place of the 15 # symbols. Click save. Add Twitter Feed NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module In a new tab, go to https://twitter.com/about/resources/widgets/widget_profile Select a username (the twitter feed you would like your website to follow). Once you've finished editing the other preferences (we do not recommend editing appearance or dimensions), click finish & grab code. Copy that code and paste it into the custom content module and click save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add Facebook Plugins? SiteManager Add Facebook Like Button Click on Add Content and select the custom content module. In a separate window or tab, go to http://developers.facebook.com/docs/reference/plugins/like/ Enter the URL of the Facebook page for which you want to create a like button. Uncheck send button. Click Get code. Select the IFRAME option and copy the code. In your content module, paste the code and click save. Add Facebook Feed NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module. Insert the following code (Include < and at the beginning of the code and remove the spaces in < / iframe>): iframe allowtransparency="true" src="http://www.facebook.com/connect/connect.php?id=###############&connections=0&stream=1" style="border: none; width: 300px; height: 380px;" frameborder="1" scrolling="no"> < / iframe> Insert your Facebook page's 10 or 15-digit id in place of the 15 # symbols. Your page's id is normally at the end of your page's URL. (You will need another tab/window to get to the Facebook page) If not, follow these instructions: On your page, right click and select view page source. In the Source Code, search (Control F on Windows, Cmd F on Mac) for profile_id=. Following that portion of the code is a 10 or 15-digit id. Insert that in place of the 15 # symbols. Click save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add Google Forms, Calendars, and Maps? SiteManager Add Google Forms and Calendars Click on an Add Content button and select the Google Forms and Calendars module. Follow the instructions in the box and click on Save. Add a Google Map Click on an Add Content button and select the Google Map module. Fill in the information and click on Save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add Hamilton News? SiteManager Add Hamilton News NOTE: Academics Sites do not have this module; they have an "Article Database" module, which is currently unusable. Click on an Add Content button and select the Hamilton News module. Fill in the information (be sure to enter tags or no articles will display!) and click on Save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add Navigation? SiteManager Add Navigation Click on an Add Content button and select the Navigation module. NOTE: Links will appear as the default heading. That can be changed later. Under your heading, enter a title and a URL, either by choosing a page or entering a specific URL, then click save. (NOTE: If you are linking to a website outside of hamilton.edu, we suggest checking new window.) Repeat the previous step for all other links you want to add. NOTE: All navigation modules on the official (www) Hamilton site must be accordion.
  • SiteManager - How do I add new media? SiteManager The Web Media Library The Web Media Library holds image, audio, and video assets. Add Assets to the Web Media Library  You can get to the Web Media Library via: From within SiteManager, click on the Web Media Library tab. When in the editing mode, follow the steps above to Add Content, choosing the Audio, Images, or Video option. When in the text editing mode, click on the Image icon   on the toolbar. Click on the Add New Media tab. NOTE:  Manipulation of assets should be done BEFORE adding them to SiteManager,  For example, you can resize images in SiteManager, but you cannot edit them, e.g. crop or fix red eye. The Name field is required.  Use names that accurately describe the image.  Appropriately named images will allow for easier retrieval by you and by other web editors at a future time. Click on the Select Media button to locate the audio file, image, or video on your hard drive, network space, CD, etc. If you’d like, you can add a Caption or Attribution. If you want to share this asset with others, leave the box next to Private unchecked, otherwise click once in the box to check it.  You will be the only person able to see and edit this image. Click on Save Media.
  • SiteManager - How do I add text? SiteManager Add Text Click on an Add Content button and select the Text module. Enter your text in the Edit Content window. Click Save. Paste Text from Word Chances are that you already have the text for your page typed, most likely in Microsoft Word.  When pasting into the Edit Content Window, all of the formatting will be stripped. If, however, you drag and drop the text, the formatting will be preserved. Styles The styles available for you to use when formatting your pages are dependent on the Template.  These are predefined styles and cannot be changed, i.e. use a different color, font or size. Styles for pages on http://www.hamilton.edu need to follow the Web Style Guidelines. Apply a Style Select the text to which you want to apply a style. From the Styles menu, choose the desired style. Remove a Style (subject to change)  Select the text for which you want to remove the style. Click on the Remove Format button on the toolbar.
  • SiteManager - How do I add/edit a slideshow? SiteManager Add a Slideshow Click on an Add Content button and select the Slideshow module. Click on Add Image. Search for or upload your images. Click on Insert. Add your next image. Rearrange your images using drag and drop. Click on the Advanced tab to set how your slideshow will play. Click on Save Settings.
  • SiteManager - How do I add/edit images? SiteManager Add Images Accepted File Types:  JPG, GIF, and PNG    Images can be added in one of two ways: In their own Content module:  Select the Images module. Within a Text module, e.g. if you want your text to flow around an image:  Click on the Image   button on the toolbar within the text editor.  Click on Browse Server. Does the image you need already exist?  If you are not sure, search for it. Type in a search term under Search and click on Search Images. To use an image that already exists, click on the Insert. On the Basic tab, select the size of the image, choose to include the caption and/or attribution associated with the image. On the Advanced tab, if applicable, define a link to associate with the image, and/or a custom width and height. Click on Insert Media. If you are inserting the image within a Text module, the Image Properties window will appear at which point you can add Alternative Text (important for people using screen readers), change the size of the image (measured in pixels), add a border to it (the images on our site have a border of zero), add horizontal or vertical space (so the image is not so close to the text), and finally, choose how you want it aligned. Click OK. Edit Your Image SiteManager cannot edit images. For advice on editing images, see here.
  • SiteManager - How do I create a Twitter Feed? SiteManager Add a Twitter Feed NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module In a new tab, go to https://twitter.com/about/resources/widgets/widget_profile Select a username (the twitter feed you would like your website to follow). Once you've finished editing the other preferences (we do not recommend editing appearance or dimensions), click finish & grab code. Copy that code and paste it into the custom content module and click save.
  • SiteManager - How do I delete a page? SiteManager Delete a Page Click on the Delete icon next to the name of the page. Click on OK in the window that appears to delete the page.
  • SiteManager - How do I edit a page/replace a downloadable file? SiteManager Edit Pages There are two ways to get into edit mode: Within SiteManager, click on the Edit button next to the page you want to edit. In your browser window navigate to the page you want to edit and hit the key.  If you navigate to the page and you are not logged into My Hamilton, you will be prompted to login. Your page will appear the editing tools layered on top of it, shown below. [NOTE:  If you do not have the rights to edit a page, you will see the message:  You do not have permission to access this page.]
  • SiteManager - How do I edit content modules? SiteManager Edit Content When you mouse over a module, it will be highlighted in yellow.  You have three choices: Move the module:  Click on the two vertical lines and drag the module above or below another module.  Please note, you can only move modules within the same content areas. Edit the content:  Click on the Edit button.  The editing options are dependent upon the type of content module. Change Options: Settings:  Change the Layout and Style of the module box. 1/3 Width, 1/2 Width, 2/3 Width, Full Width:  By default a module spans the Full Width of the designated column. Sets how much space the content uses in the column Inherit:  Typically used in conjunction with Lock.  Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section. Lock:  Typically used in conjunction with Inherit.  Ensures the Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section. Remove: Deletes the content.  
  • SiteManager - How do I edit textboxes? SiteManager Table of Contents The Editing Tools Insert/Edit E-mail Link The Edit Toolbar Insert/Edit Anchor Insert/Edit URL Link Insert/Edit Image Remove a Link Insert/Edit Table The Editing Tools SiteManager provides a full set of tools to simplify the process of editing your pages.  Please be aware that although it looks like a toolbar you would find in Microsoft Word, editing a web page differs from editing a Word document.  For example, if you hit "enter" when editing a web page, you will automatically get double spacing, also known as a paragraph break. To get single spacing you have to hit "shift" "enter", also known as a line break. The Edit Toolbar Insert/Edit URL Link  Highlight the text or image you want to become a link. Click on the Insert/Edit Link   button on the toolbar. Under Link Type, select URL. Either type or paste a link in the URL box or click on Browse Server. Navigate to the page. Use the preview button to see a preview of the page. Use the link button to insert the page's URL into the URL box. To have the link open in a new browser window, click on the Target tab and from the drop down menu below Target, select New Window (_blank). Click on OK. Remove a Link Highlight the text currently formatted as a link. Click on the Remove Link button.  Insert/Edit E-mail Link Highlight the text you want to become a link. Click on the Insert/Edit Link   button on the toolbar. Under Link Type, select E-mail Type in the E-mail address and if desired, you can also type in the Message Subject and Message Body so that when a visitor clicks on an e-mail link, a portion of the e-mail message is created for them. Click on OK. Insert/Edit Anchor Anchors are used on a page to quickly take a visitor to a specific section of the page. Place the cursor at the beginning of the line where you want the anchor to be. Click on the Insert/Edit Anchor   button. Enter the name of the anchor in the Anchor Properties window that appears. To use the anchor as a link, click on the Insert/Edit Link  button. Under Link Type, select Link to anchor in the text. Select an anchor name from the drop down list. Click on OK. Insert/Edit Image Follow the instruction under Adding Images on “How do I add/edit images?” Insert/Edit Table Use tables when you need to present information that lends itself to a tabular setup. Place the cursor at the point you need the table to appear. Click on the Insert/Edit Table   button on the toolbar. (NOTE: Pressing "tab" in a table will not move you to the next cell.) Width: Measured either in pixels (200 pixels is the default) or as a percent of the module area you are in.  The width of Hamilton pages is 960 pixels. Height:  Measured in pixels. Cell Spacing: sets the amount of space between adjacent layout cells (in pixels).  This value should be less than 5 Cell padding: sets the amount of space between the content of a layout cell and the cell boundary (in pixels).  This value should be less than 5. Headers:  bolds the first row, first column, or both. Border size: specifies the width, in pixels, of the table’s borders.  A border size of zero will produce a borderless table, but you will see gridlines when editing your table. Alignment:  sets the alignment of the whole table.  Since the default size of the table is 100%, he Center and Right choices will appear to have no effect. Click on OK. Once your table is in place, you can right click in a cell or on the table to see the menu of options you can use to edit your table.
  • SiteManager - Registration Tool SiteManager Event Registration Tool The event registration tool is a component of SiteManager that allows you to set up events with limited numbers of attendees. To use this tool for the first time, follow these instructions: Go to https://my.hamilton.edu/sitemanager/applications/events/index.cfm Select Add a new Calendar. Create a name for the calendar and press submit. Add other people to edit the events if necessary. Select Manage Events on this Calendar. This will bring you to the event listing, allowing you to create events, and giving you the public URL to the calendar. This URL can be given out to let people register for your events. To create an event, select Add Event. Be sure to enter your information correctly. Once an event is added, you can copy it and change the date to duplicate it. If people have registered for it, you can also manage them, adding or removing people, or editing their information. If you already have a calendar, it will appear on the opening page, from which you can manage it. To publicize your events, you can either submit the event to the Events Calendar, and include the registration link in the description, or you can use Google Calendar, adding the registration link to the description.
  • SiteManager - What are content modules? How do I add them? SiteManager What is Content? Content is the material that makes up the pages you create. Depending on the template you are using, you will see between one and five Add Content buttons: SiteHeader Available on academics, people, students, and courses Sitewide Navigation Available on academics, people, students, and courses Left or Left Column Available on all domains, use depends on template Right or Right Column Available on all domains, use depends on template Center or Main Content Available on all domains, use depends on templat Types of Content Modules Audio - Allows you to insert audio files. Available on all site domains Comments - Allows you to create commemnt boxes for visitors. Available on courses, people, and students Custom Content - Allows you to insert HTML Code. (Facebook Like Button/Facebook Feed/Twitter) Available on courses, people and students Google Forms and Calendars - Allows you to upload Forms and Calendars from Google. Available on all site domains Google Map - Allows you to upload a map to the page. Available on all site domains Hamilton News/Article Database Available only on official/Available on courses, people and students Images - Allows you to upload images. Available on all site domains Navigation - Allows you to create a navigation bar on your site. Available on all site domains Site Contact - Allows you to add contact information for a page. Available on all site domains Slideshow - Allows you to create a slideshow on a page. Available on all site domains Text (Add/Edit) - Allows you to add textboxes to a page. Available on all site domains Video - Allows you to add video to a page. Available on all site domains Add Content Click on the Add Content button in the desired area.  Please note:  it is not possible to drag and drop content between content areas. From the drop down menu, choose the type of module you want to add. Click on Add.
  • SiteManager - What are some good publishing practices? SiteManager Web publishing: Best practices We’ve put together a few questions (and comments) to guide you through an examination of the content and structure of your Web site. As you begin to use SiteManager to edit and to update your Web pages, please take a few minutes to review these questions, and to think about how you can apply your answers to your Web site. What is the most important information about you? Publish only the content that you can manage comfortably. That content should give the maximum amount of information to the maximum amount of people. Organize your information in a way that will make the most sense to your audience, even if that conflicts with the way that your office is organized. Think about what information from the rest of our Web site might be useful to your audience, and link to it. Trying to replicate it on your site just makes more work for you. When was the last time your Web site was updated? Current and accurate content is essential. If something on your Web site is obviously outdated, your audience will not trust your information. It’s useful to have a schedule of what you need to update, and when. Review any links that you have to make sure they are still valid and useful. What pages on your site require your audience to scroll down through several screens in order to read everything? On the Web, short and simple is best. Keep your information in easy-to-read chunks that your audience can quickly scan. If your text sounds awkward and wordy, it probably is. When editing a page, make use of “bulleted” information, and use clear and useful subheadings to introduce ideas. Who is your audience? A Web page can’t be all things for all people. Consider who your audience is, and decide what you want them to take away from the page.
  • SiteManager - What is a site? How do I navigate one? SiteManager What is a site? A site contains a collection of web files on a related subject.  The sites that you have the rights to edit will appear under My Sites.  Click once on the name link to see the contents of the site. Why don’t I see any sites? 1) You have not been given acess to any sites.  a) Did you take a SiteManager training class?  If not, here is the current schedule.  b) Are you editing an official college site? Access is given during the required Working Sessions. 2) You may be using the wrong address. SiteManager exists on five different Hamilton College domains: a) College departments, official college pages:   http://www.hamilton.edu/sitemanager b) Academic department pages and supporting content/sites:   http://academics.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Please note, pages created and maintained by the departments will not replace the Hamilton marketing pages created and maintained by C&D. Department maintained pages are accessed via a link from the official Hamilton pages that reads, " The [department name] department maintains its own Web site. More..." Only sites that display current information will be linked from the official academic page. c) Student organizations:   http://students.hamilton.edu/sitemanager d) All personal sites:   http://people.hamilton.edu/sitemanager e) Sites and content related to course work, academic projects:   http://courses.hamilton.edu/sitemanager f) Conference sites:   http://conferences.hamilton.edu/sitemanager   Navigating Around SiteManager There is a hierarchy that defines the navigation in SiteManager.  Depending on where you are in the hierarchy, you have different options available to you. Home is at the top.  Sites contain sections (organize like items together) and pages. Pages are made up of modules. SiteManager provides “bread crumb trail” navigation, so you can always quickly get to a site, section, or page. Note:  The first page you make in your site is the “home” page, noted by the icon of the house.  Site options: settings Section options: settings, move, delete “Home” page options: view, edit, settings, move, archive, delete Page options: view, edit, settings, move, make home, archive, delete
  • SiteManager 3.0 SiteManager Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 1 of 23 SiteManager 3.0 Table of Contents Table of Contents .................................................................................................................1 Log In................................................................................................................................2 What is a site? .....................................................................................................................2 Navigating Around SiteManager .............................................................................................3 Site/Section Settings ............................................................................................................4 Page Settings ......................................................................................................................5 Add a Page..........................................................................................................................6 Delete a Page ......................................................................................................................6 Edit Pages ...........................................................................................................................7 The Content Areas................................................................................................................7 Types of Content Modules .....................................................................................................7 Add Content ........................................................................................................................8 Edit Content ........................................................................................................................8 The Web Media Library .........................................................................................................9 Add Assets to the Web Media Library...................................................................................9 Add Audio (functionality forthcoming) ...................................................................................10 Add Comments ..................................................................................................................11 Add Google Forms ..............................................................................................................12 Add a Google Map ..............................................................................................................12 Add Hamilton News ............................................................................................................12 Add Images.......................................................................................................................13 Edit Your Image (documentation forthcoming)....................................................................14 Add Include Custom File (documentation forthcoming) ...........................................................14 Add Navigation (documentation forthcoming) ........................................................................14 Add Site Contact Information (functionality forthcoming) ........................................................14 Add a Slideshow.................................................................................................................15 Add Text ...........................................................................................................................16 The Editing Tools ............................................................................................................16 The Edit Toolbar .............................................................................................................16 Paste Text from Word......................................................................................................17 Styles...........................................................................................................................17 Insert/Edit URL Link ........................................................................................................18 Remove a Link ............................................................................................................19 Insert/Edit E-mail Link.....................................................................................................19 Insert/Edit Anchor...........................................................................................................20 Insert/Edit Image ...........................................................................................................21 Insert/Edit Table.............................................................................................................21 Adding Video (documentation forthcoming) ...........................................................................22 Log Out............................................................................................................................22 Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 2 of 23 Log In http://wwwtest.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Beta site http://www.hamilton.edu/sitemanager College departments, official college pages http://academics.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Academic department pages and supporting content/sites http://students.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Student organizations http://people.hamilton.edu/sitemanager All personal sites http://courses.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Sites and content related to course work, academic projects http://conferences.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Conference sites You will login with you’re my Hamilton username and password. When you login for the first time, you will see the following screen: What is a site? A site contains a collection of web files on a related subject. The sites that you have the rights to edit will appear under My Sites. Click once on the name link to see the contents of the site. Folders representing sections of your site. Pages at the top level of your site. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 3 of 23 Home Site Section/Pages Site Ex. Information Technology Services Section/Pages Ex. Support Section/Pages Ex. Network Services Section/Pages Ex. Index.html Section/Pages Ex. Web Services Site Section/Pages Navigating Around SiteManager There is a hierarchy that defines the navigation in SiteManager. Depending on where you are in the hierarchy, you have different options available to you. SiteManager provides “bread crumb trail” navigation, so you can always quickly get to a site, section, or page. Note: The first page you make in your site is the “home” page, noted by the icon of the house. Site and section options “Home” page options Page options Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Site/Section Settings Functionality Screen Shots The Basic tab includes the name of the site or section as it appears in SiteManager, and the template applied. Note: Template options subject to change. The Security tab controls Viewing permissions. 1. The View Permissions option allows you to control who is allowed to view the pages and files within a site over the Web. By editing these fields, you restrict access to the site to only those groups and users that you specify. The History tab shows the user that made the previous changes to the site/section. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page Settings Functionality Screen Shots The Basic tab contains: the Title and Page Type (either Web Page or Downloadable file). If you do not Inherit the template from the site/section, the Templates drop down menu will be available to you. The Security Settings section controls Viewing permissions. 1. The View Permissions option allows you to control who is allowed to view the page over the Web. By editing these fields, you restrict access to those pages to only those groups and users that you specify. The History tab shows the user that made the previous changes to the page. The Metadata Settings tab shows the HTML Title. For the time being, this tab does not need to be used. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 6 of 23 Add a Page 1. Within the site/section where you want to add the new page, click on Add a page. 1. The Page Title is what appears in your list of pages and in the blue band at the top of the web page. If you include spaces within your title, the address will include hyphens where you had spaces. 2. The Page Type can be either Web Page or downloadable file, e.g. PDF, Word or Excel document. 3. If uploading a file, click on Browse and locate and select the file to upload. If the file is not a PDF and you want to convert it, check the box to Convert to PDF. 4. The page will inherit the template design of the site/section. Click on Submit. Delete a Page 1. Click on the Delete icon next to the name of the page. 2. Click on OK in the window that appears to delete the page. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 7 of 23 Edit Pages 1. There are two ways to get into edit mode: a. Within SiteManager, click on the Edit button next to the page you want to edit. b. In your browser window navigate to the page you want to edit and hit the <ESC> key. If you navigate to the page and you are not logged into My Hamilton, you will be prompted to login. 2. Your page will appear the editing tools layered on top of it. [NOTE: If you do not have the rights to edit a page, you will see the message: You do not have permission to access this page.] The Content Areas Depending on the template you are using, you will see between one and five Add Content buttons: SiteHeader Available on academics, people, students, and courses Sitewide Navigation Available on academics, people, students, and courses Left or Left Column Available on all domains, use depends on template Right or Right Column Available on all domains, use depends on template Center or Main Content Available on all domains, use depends on template Types of Content Modules Audio Available on all site domains Comments Available on courses, people, and students Google Forms Available on all site domains Google Map Available on all site domains Hamilton News Available on all site domains Images Available on all site domains Include Custom File Available on courses, people and students Navigation Available on all site domains Site Contact Available on all site domains Slideshow Available on all site domains Text Available on all site domains Video Available on all site domains Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 8 of 23 Add Content 1. Click on the Add Content button in the desired area. Please note: it is not possible to drag and drop content between content areas. 2. From the drop down menu, choose the type of module you want to add. 3. Click on Add. Edit Content 1. When you mouse over a module, it will be highlighted in yellow. You have three choices: a. Move the module: Click on the two vertical lines and drag the module above or below another module. Please note, you can only move modules within the same content areas. b. Edit the content: Click on the Edit button. The editing options are dependent upon the type of content module. c. Change Options: i. Settings: Change the Layout and Style of the module box ii. 1/3 Width, 1/2 Width, 2/3 Width, Full Width: By default a module spans the Full Width of the designated column. iii. Inherit: Typically used in conjunction with Lock. Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section. iv. Lock: Typically used in conjunction with Inherit. Ensures the Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 9 of 23 The Web Media Library New in SiteManager 3.0, the Web Media Library holds image, audio, and video assets. Add Assets to the Web Media Library 1. You can get to the Web Media Library via: a. From within SiteManager, click on the Web Media Library tab. b. When in the editing mode, follow the steps above to Add Content, choosing the Audio, Images, or Video option. c. When in the text editing mode, click on the Image icon on the toolbar. 2. Click on the Add New Media tab. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 10 of 23 3. NOTE: Manipulation of assets should be done BEFORE adding them to SiteManager, For example, you can resize images in SiteManager, but you cannot edit them, e.g. crop or fix red eye. 4. The Name field is required. Use names that accurately describe the image. Appropriately named images will allow for easier retrieval by you and by other web editors at a future time. 5. Click on the Select Media button to locate the audio file, image, or video on your hard drive, network space, CD, etc. 6. If you’d like, you can add a Caption or Attribution. 7. If you want to share this asset with others, leave the box next to Private unchecked, otherwise click once in the box to check it. You will be the only person able to see and edit this image. 8. Click on Save Media. Add Audio (functionality forthcoming) Accepted File Types: MP3 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Audio module. a. Find Media tab: search for media you or others have already added. b. Add New Media tab: add new audio files for immediate or later use. c. My Media tab: see all audio media you have uploaded. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 11 of 23 Add Comments 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Comments module. 2. Settings Tab – Set Type of Comments: a. Moderated – add the list of moderators b. Not Moderated 3. Comments Tab – See the comments posted, approve to show on page. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 12 of 23 Add Google Forms 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Google Forms module. Add a Google Map 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Google Map module. 2. Fill in the information and click on Save. Add Hamilton News 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Hamilton News module. 2. Fill in the information and click on Save. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 13 of 23 Add Images Accepted File Types: JPG, GIF, and PNG 1. Images can be added in one of two ways: a. In their own Content module: Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Images module. 2. Within a Text module, e.g. if you want your text to flow around an image: Click on the Image button on the toolbar within the text editor. Click on Browse Server. 3. Does the image you need already exist? If you are not sure, search for it. 4. Type in a search term under Search and click on Search Images. 5. To use an image that already exists, click on the Insert. a. On the Basic tab, select the size of the image, choose to include the caption and/or attribution associated with the image. b. On the Advanced tab, if applicable, define a link to associate with the image, and/or a custom width and height. c. Click on Insert Media. NOTE: The text that appears in the Preview box to the left is known as “Lorem Ipsum” or “dummy” text. It's mostly Latin, and is used extensively in print to replicate what "real" text would look like, without actually having to write anything. In this case, you will be able to see how the image you insert will appear in relation of text which may surround it. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 14 of 23 6. If you are inserting the image within a Text module, the Image Properties window will appear at which point you can add Alternative Text (important for people using screen readers), change the size of the image (measured in pixels), add a border to it (the images on our site have a border of zero), add horizontal or vertical space (so the image is not so close to the text), and finally, choose how you want it aligned. 7. Click OK. Edit Your Image (documentation forthcoming) Add Include Custom File (documentation forthcoming) Add Navigation (documentation forthcoming) 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Navigation module. 2. Add Site Contact Information (functionality forthcoming) 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Site Contact module. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 15 of 23 Add a Slideshow 2. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Slideshow module. 3. Click on Add Image. 4. Search for or upload your images. 5. Click on Insert. 6. Add your next image. 7. Rearrange your images using drag and drop. 8. Click on the Advanced tab to set how your slideshow will play. 9. Click on Save Settings. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 16 of 23 Add Text 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Text module. 2. Enter your text in the Edit Content window. 3. Click Save. The Editing Tools SiteManager provides a full set of tools to simplify the process of editing your pages. Please be aware that although it looks like a toolbar you would find in Microsoft Word, editing a web page differs from editing a Word document. For example, if you hit <Enter> when editing a web page, you will automatically get double spacing, also known as a paragraph break. To get single spacing you have to hit <Shift> <Enter>, also known as a line break. The Edit Toolbar Cut Copy Paste Pop-up Window Roll-over text Check Spelling Spell Check As You Type Undo Redo Find Replace Select All Bold Italic Subscript Superscript Insert/Remove Numbered List Insert/Remove Bulleted List Decrease Indent Increase Indent Left Justify Center Justify Right Justify Insert/Edit Link Remove Link Insert/Edit Anchor Maximize Styles Remove Format Insert/Edit Image Insert/Edit Table Insert Special Character Maximize Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 17 of 23 Paste Text from Word Chances are that you already have the text for your page typed, most likely in Microsoft Word. When pasting into the Edit Content Window, all of the formatting will be stripped Styles The styles available for you to use when formatting your pages are dependent on the Template. These are predefined styles and cannot be changed, i.e. use a different color, font or size. Styles for pages on http://www.hamilton.edu need to follow the Web Style Guidelines (forthcoming). Apply a Style 1. Select the text to which you want to apply a style. 2. From the Styles menu, choose the desired style. Remove a Style (subject to change) 1. Select the text for which you want to remove the style. 2. Click on the Remove Format button on the toolbar. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 18 of 23 Insert/Edit URL Link 1. Highlight the text or image you want to become a link. 2. Click on the Insert/Edit Link button on the toolbar. 3. Under Link Type, select URL. 4. Either type or paste a link in the URL box or click on Browse Server. 5. Navigate to the page. a. Use the preview button to see a preview of the page. b. Use the link button to Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 19 of 23 6. To have the link open in a new browser window, click on the Target tab and from the drop down menu below Target, select New Window (_blank). 7. Click on OK. Remove a Link 1. Highlight the text currently formatted as a link. 2. Click on the Remove Link button. Insert/Edit E-mail Link 1. Highlight the text you want to become a link. 2. Click on the Insert/Edit Link button on the toolbar. 3. Under Link Type, select E-mail. 4. Type in the E-mail address and if desired, you can also type in the Message Subject and Message Body so that when a visitor clicks on an e-mail link, a portion of the e-mail message is created for them. 5. Click on OK. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 20 of 23 Insert/Edit Anchor Anchors are used on a page to quickly take a visitor to a specific section of the page. 1. Place the cursor at the beginning of the line where you want the anchor to be. 2. Click on the Insert/Edit Anchor button. 3. Enter the name of the anchor in the Anchor Properties window that appears. 4. To use the anchor as a link, click on the Insert/Edit Link button. 5. Under Link Type, select Link to anchor in the text. 6. Select an anchor name from the drop down list. 7. Click on OK. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 21 of 23 Insert/Edit Image Follow the instruction under Adding Images on page 13. Insert/Edit Table Known Issue: tables, bulleted lists and numbered lists appear center aligned in the editor, but are aligned correctly (left-aligned) on the actual page. Use tables when you need to present information that lends itself to a tabular setup. 1. Place the cursor at the point you need the table to appear. 2. Click on the Insert/Edit Table button on the toolbar. Width: Measured either in pixels (200 pixels is the default) or as a percent of the module area you are in. The width of Hamilton pages is 960 pixels. Height: Measured in pixels. Cell Spacing: sets the amount of space between adjacent layout cells (in pixels). This value should be less than 5. Cell padding: sets the amount of space between the content of a layout cell and the cell boundary (in pixels). This value should be less than 5. Headers: bolds the first row, first column, or both. Border size: specifies the width, in pixels, of the table’s borders. A border size of zero will produce a borderless table, but you will see gridlines when editing your table. Alignment: sets the alignment of the whole table. Since the default size of the table is 100%, he Center and Right choices will appear to have no effect. 3. Click on OK. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 22 of 23 4. Once your table is in place, you can right click in a cell or on the table to see the menu of options you can use to edit your table. Adding Video (documentation forthcoming) Accepted File Types: Flash (FLV) and Quicktime (MOV) (DV) 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Video module. Log Out When you have finished making changes to your pages, click on Log Out in the top right corner. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 23 of 23 Web publishing: Best practices We’ve put together a few questions (and comments) to guide you through an examination of the content and structure of your Web site. As you begin to use SiteManager to edit and to update your Web pages, please take a few minutes to review these questions, and to think about how you can apply your answers to your Web site. What is the most important information about you? Publish only the content that you can manage comfortably. That content should give the maximum amount of information to the maximum amount of people. Organize your information in a way that will make the most sense to your audience, even if that conflicts with the way that your office is organized. Think about what information from the rest of our Web site might be useful to your audience, and link to it. Trying to replicate it on your site just makes more work for you. When was the last time your Web site was updated? Current and accurate content is essential. If something on your Web site is obviously outdated, your audience will not trust your information. It’s useful to have a schedule of what you need to update, and when. Review any links that you have to make sure they are still valid and useful. What pages on your site require your audience to scroll down through several screens in order to read everything? On the Web, short and simple is best. Keep your information in easy-to-read chunks that your audience can quickly scan. If your text sounds awkward and wordy, it probably is. When editing a page, make use of “bulleted” information, and use clear and useful subheadings to introduce ideas. Who is your audience? A Web page can’t be all things for all people. Consider who your audience is, and decide what you want them to take away from the page.
Skype
  • Configuring Computer for Skype Skype Other Videoconferencing Documents Create a High-Quality Videoconference Videoconferencing for Students Videoconferencing for Employees
  • Create a High-Quality Videoconference Skype Environment Optimization Regardless which videoconferencing solution is chosen for the communication, it will be important to prepare the location where your call will take place so as to realize the most optimal, standard experience for all involved parties. General Considerations Regardless of the conversation type, if the communication is high-risk/high-value, at least one test should be performed with all participants before the actual conversation. Remember that accidents can happen: pets can meander into the conversation and voice their opinions, cell phones have the potential of ringing, and items can fall and clatter. While all participants should attempt to prepare for these eventualities, it is best to just accept that they are a part of the conversation, a normative experience, and therefore look past them. Remember that participants within the domain of the webcam and the microphone are involved in the videoconference: anything uttered or any act performed within range of either device will be transmitted to all participants. It behooves everyone to be aware (by dint of the Preview available on all computers/software) of what will be seen and heard before the videoconference begins. As the character Doctor Emmett Brown opined in the movie Back to the Future, "no wonder your president has to be an actor, [they] have to look good on television." Lighting Proper lighting is an essential ingredient for a successful, high-quality videoconference. "A webcam isn't the most flattering piece of technology," according to Stephen Winzenburg in an article for the Winter/Spring 2012 edition of the Chronicle of Higher Education, "[it can] make you appear gaunt, overweight, beady eyed, or narcoleptic. And often you look all those things at the same time." To ensure that all participants see each other in the best possible light, everyone should: Ensure your environment is well-lit--turn on as many lights as possible; Be mindful of such issues as camera angle, background, and any other light sources that might affect the conversation; A room with a window might be a nice place to have a chat, but the sun streaming in can wreak havoc on the quality of the conversation; If you must have a conversation in a room with a window, be sure to test your setup around the same time you anticipate having the conversation to ensure a uniform experience; Test, test, test, test, test: almost all software and computers have the ability to provide participants with a preview and this preview is what other participants will actually see--make sure the contents of the preview are what you want the other participants to see.  If a high-quality conversation is desired, it may behoove participants to purchase a dedicated webcam. ITS has enjoyed success with devices like the Microsoft LifeCam HD-6000. Sound Problems with sound are reliable sources of videoconferencing woes. In addition to the ambient noise issue covered in the "Location" section, there are other potential problems one should be aware of: Echo/Feedback A problem arises whenever a sound input is colocated with a sound output: If you put a microphone IN FRONT of a speaker, a positive feedback loop will be generated, i.e. loud, screechy, piercing sound that is painful. Be sure either to place the speaker far away from the microphone, wear headphones to ameliorate the problem, or invest in a microphone with integrate anti-feedback technology. Most laptops, all-in-one desktops (e.g. the iMac), and smartphones have built-in webcameras, microphones, and speakers. While they are sometimes configured to interoperate without generated feedback, one cannot rely on them working perfectly, especially for high-value conversations. All participants are STRONGLY encouraged to wear headphones to eliminate echoing/feedback. Configuration The peripherals required to perform a videoconference interoperate well, but are susceptible to problems.  If participants are unable to hear each other, see each other, or connect, there may be a problem with the configuration of the peripherals, the software for the chat (e.g. Skype, Google Talk), or the drivers that the computer uses to communicate with the devices. While easier with the built-in microphone, webcam, speaker setup, problems can plague those setups. ITS strongly recommends testing the full setup before any videoconference. If problems are identified before the actual conversation, chances are better that they can be troubleshooted and resolved without conflicting with the actual conversation. Accessibility Issues Hearing Aids/Lipreaders All communications conducted using these solutions will be affected to varying degrees by synchronicity issues. For example: participants may notice that mouths move independently of the sound they generate. While this is becoming a normative experience, it can be jarring, especially for those who need to read lips to understand what is being said. Proper balancing of audio is also key to ensure that participants whose hearing is impaired can participate equally in the conversation
. Location Through the miracle of modern technology, these conversations can now take place at any time and in any location, e.g. cafés, libraries, street corners, dorm rooms, hospitals, vel sim. Just because they can take place in every location does not necessarily mean they ought to take place in every location. Both parties should consider: The ambient noise in their respective environments--loud environs equals bad conversations; The people whom they might affect with the conversation--not everyone needs to be privy to the conversation; The speed of the internet conections at the locations--a low-speed DSL connection will not create a good videoconferencing experience (You can test your bandwidth here.)
  • ITS Videochat Cart Skype Overview Videochats on personal and office computers are usually high quality and sufficient for most purposes. However, there are high-rask and/or high-value conversations (e.g. job interviews) for which a dedicated, dependable solution for Faculty and Staff is absolutely necessary. To satisfy this requirement, ITS created four ITS Videochat Carts, which are located in Burke Library, Spencer House, KJ, and the Taylor Science Center. Each cart is equipped with a large LCD screen; a high-fidelity videocamera and microphone; an ITS-managed computer on which all videoconferencing software is installed; all of the necessary peripherals to operate the setup; and relevant documentation. ITS has carefully configured each cart to ensure that all components interact properly and well. Reserving and Using the Cart Reserving the Cart Employees can reserve an ITS Videochat Cart via the Campus Events calendar. You must reserve a space in Burke Library, the Taylor Science Center, Spencer House, or Kirner-Johnson--the home buildings of each cart--at least seven days prior to the videoconference. While completing your room reservation, be sure to indicate that you intend to videoconference. You will also need to submit your Skype or Google Chat handle. Testing ITS strongly encourages you to visit the Information Commons desk on the first floor of the Burke Library or the AV office in Kirner-Johnson Room 222e at least two days in advance of the event to test the Videochat Cart and the service to be used for the call. If you perform this test call, ITS can also provide staff support for your actual call if problems arise. APPOINTMENTS CAN BE MADE HERE (Needs to be created) Ideally, a test call will be performed with the other participant(s), but this may not be feasible. ITS also recommends you follow the our "Create a High-Quality Videoconference Guide" to make your call the highest-possible-quality. Tandberg Videoconferences What is a Tandberg Videoconference? A Tandberg unit provides an unparalleled, high quality videoconference call via sophisticated hardware and support. Why are Tandberg Videoconferences handled differently? The process for configuring and running a Tandberg-facilitated videoconference is by far more complicated than a videoconference facilitated by Google Talk, Skype, or OoVoo: All participants in the call must have Tandberg units or rent time at a facility equipped with Tandberg units; There is a fee for using a Tandberg unit; Tandberg units at Hamilton are permanently stationed in Burke Library, the Levitt Center, and the Taylor Science Center; Tandberg videoconferences absolutely must be directly supported by a member of Audiovisual Services. How can I tell if I should use a Tandberg Unit? ITS recommends a Tandberg videoconference only for highest-priority calls (e.g final interviews for a high-ranking position.) Skype and Google Talk have been used many times for interviews and courses on campus and are deemed completely satisfactory by users. As always, ITS welcomes a conversation about your needs and will be happy to provide a recommendation at any time; please contact Audiovisual Services at avs@hamilton.edu or x4120.  I need to use the Tandberg unit. What should I do? Faculty must fill out the TANDBERG VIDEOCONFERENCE REQUEST FORM (Needed); Staff may use the Tandberg units for interviews with prospective employers, but the request must be initiated at Human Resources. Students may use the Tandberg units for interviews with prospective employers, but the request must be initiated at the Career Center.
  • Videoconferencing Guide Skype Solutions NOTE: Please click the name of the solution to select it. Also, please hover over links in the table for more information. Scenarios Google Talk Skype OoVoo ITS Videochat Cart Person-to-PersoIf your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS recommends you purchase a Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that EMPLOYEES may check out. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information.n Communication ✓ ✓ ✓   Guest SpeakerIf you wish to use a larger display or projector for your conversation, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on suitable locations. ✓ ✓     Multi-person Conversations   (!Free: 25 audio 2 video For-Fee Features: 25 Audio 10 Video) ✓12 or fewer participants.   High-Quality, High-Risk ConversationsSolution for EMPLOYEES only. Students who need an extremely high quality video conversation should contact the Career Center (x4346.)       ✓ Share Computer Screen   (!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me (!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me    Maximum Number of Participants 2 audio or video Available for a fee.25 Audio 2 Video/25 VideoFor a fee. 12 Audio/Video   Available Resources If you wish to videoconference via a larger display or projector, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on locations. If your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that may be checked out by Staff and Faculty for videoconferences. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information. Should you wish to purchase your own webcam/microphone unit, ITS recommends you purchase the Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. If you intend to use your own laptop for the videoconference, please note that you may need an adaptor to connect it to the screens or projectors in various rooms on campus. If needed and based on availability, Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can provide Staff and Faculty with an adaptor to connect your computer. Please also have a look at our "Create a High-Quality Videoconference Guide" to make your call the highest-possible-quality. 
  • Videoconferencing using Skype Skype Procedures All participants need a Skype Account and the software installed on their computer. Obtaining a Skype Account In your internet browser, navigate to http://www.skype.com; Click the Join Skype button in the upper-right-hand corner; Fill in the form that appears; Click I agree - Continue at the bottom of the form (if you do agree - read the form); Your Skype account now exists. Downloading and Installing Skype In your internet browser, navigate to http://www.skype.com; Click Get Skype near the top of the page; Select your platform (i.e. Mac, Windows, or Linux;) Click Download Skype; Sign in using your Skype credentials; Wait for the download to commence and finish; Install Skype using the downloaded installer (it should be a relatively straightforward affair;) Skype will automatically launch--log in to continue; To avoid any network problems, follow this guide to configure your computer's firewall to work properly with Skype. Connecting with other Skype users After launching and logging into Skype, select the Contacts tab; Click Add Contact in the upper-right-hand corner of the Skype window; Input into the search field the Skype username of the person with whom you're trying to connect; Select the correct result from the list; An invitation will be sent--after being accepted, you will see them in your contacts list; Double-click their name to start a text chat with that individual--other chat options will be available in the screen that follows; The call options will be in the upper-right-hand corner of the contact window--click the default option or select another option from the pull-down menu (located under the chevron).  
Software
  • Introduction to Qualtrics Software What is Qualtrics? Qualtrics is a suite of services used by Hamilton College to develop and support all aspects of forms and surveys. Various departments, including ITS, the Career Center, the Writing Center, and the Psychology Department already use it. It possesses an incredibly robust set of features to collect and analyze data either within itself, or by downloading datasets into Excel and SPSS. How do I create an account? Contact ITS Course Support (course-support@hamilton.edu, x4877) to get an Access Code. Go to hamilton.qualtrics.com, and select Please click here to create an account. Enter your e-mail address  and select a password, and click get started! Select Hamilton College as the Educational Institution, and click finish. Enter your access code, and click go. (NOTE: Do NOT press sign up now. That will create a trial account that will be deleted). Qualtrics Support Qualtrics has an expansive help suite called "Qualtrics University." To access it, select get help from any screen in Qualtrics. Some specific pages are listed below: Creating a Survey Distributing a Survey Link Inviting Collaborators View Results Downloading Data Creating Panels Creating Samples of a Panel
  • Policies - Hardware and Software Software   Supported Products The Committee on Information Technology maintains a list of supported hardware and software. Suggestions for additions and deletions from the list should be submitted to the Chair of the Committee. The Committee will review this list periodically. This list includes the types and brands of hardware and software that are in use at the college and indicates the level of support that ITS can provide. Two levels of service are provided for supported information technology resources, full and limited. Full Support Products designated for full support are those with widespread use on the campus. Examples include generic products (word processors, spreadsheets, Web browsers, etc.). ITS will provide help for the integration of these products with other supported campus technology resources, including services such as installation, training, maintenance, troubleshooting, and upgrades. HelpDesk, hardware repair, and training services for these products will be available through ITS. ITS will maintain sufficient expertise on staff, or through contractual arrangements, to deliver a high level of service for these products. In addition, for these products, ITS will negotiate favorable pricing and maintain a central budget for software upgrades. Limited Support Products designated for limited support are generally used by one or two departments. Examples include computer-assisted instruction programs and simulations. ITS does not have access to these products on a regular basis. Departments acquiring such products should plan to develop their own expertise and be prepared to resolve problems through the vendors' support services. ITS will provide help installing these products. It is unlikely that Helpdesk, repair, or training services will be available for these products. Items in the limited category can move to the full category if they achieve more widespread use and sufficient resources exist within ITS to provide the range of services described above. Licensing of Software The use of all software in the College is protected by copyright laws and must be used in accordance with software licenses. It is against College policy to copy or reproduce any licensed software. Unlicensed software may not be installed on any computers owned by Hamilton. The unauthorized use or copying of software is a serious violation of policy and subject to disciplinary action. Such unauthorized use or copying may also subject the offending individual to law suits by third parties. Software on Personally Owned Equipment Hamilton's educational licensing agreements for software specifically limit installation to machines owned by the college. Therefore, software purchased by Hamilton under these agreements may not be installed on personally owned equipment. Our current license agreement with Microsoft does allow the installation of one copy of Microsoft Office on the home machine of an employee who has Office on the work machine. For information on these programs, Hamilton's current licensing agreements, and exceptions, contact the Director, ITS, Desktop Integration Services.
Survey Manager
  • Introduction to Qualtrics Survey Manager What is Qualtrics? Qualtrics is a suite of services used by Hamilton College to develop and support all aspects of forms and surveys. Various departments, including ITS, the Career Center, the Writing Center, and the Psychology Department already use it. It possesses an incredibly robust set of features to collect and analyze data either within itself, or by downloading datasets into Excel and SPSS. How do I create an account? Contact ITS Course Support (course-support@hamilton.edu, x4877) to get an Access Code. Go to hamilton.qualtrics.com, and select Please click here to create an account. Enter your e-mail address  and select a password, and click get started! Select Hamilton College as the Educational Institution, and click finish. Enter your access code, and click go. (NOTE: Do NOT press sign up now. That will create a trial account that will be deleted). Qualtrics Support Qualtrics has an expansive help suite called "Qualtrics University." To access it, select get help from any screen in Qualtrics. Some specific pages are listed below: Creating a Survey Distributing a Survey Link Inviting Collaborators View Results Downloading Data Creating Panels Creating Samples of a Panel
Tandberg
  • ITS Videochat Cart Tandberg Overview Videochats on personal and office computers are usually high quality and sufficient for most purposes. However, there are high-rask and/or high-value conversations (e.g. job interviews) for which a dedicated, dependable solution for Faculty and Staff is absolutely necessary. To satisfy this requirement, ITS created four ITS Videochat Carts, which are located in Burke Library, Spencer House, KJ, and the Taylor Science Center. Each cart is equipped with a large LCD screen; a high-fidelity videocamera and microphone; an ITS-managed computer on which all videoconferencing software is installed; all of the necessary peripherals to operate the setup; and relevant documentation. ITS has carefully configured each cart to ensure that all components interact properly and well. Reserving and Using the Cart Reserving the Cart Employees can reserve an ITS Videochat Cart via the Campus Events calendar. You must reserve a space in Burke Library, the Taylor Science Center, Spencer House, or Kirner-Johnson--the home buildings of each cart--at least seven days prior to the videoconference. While completing your room reservation, be sure to indicate that you intend to videoconference. You will also need to submit your Skype or Google Chat handle. Testing ITS strongly encourages you to visit the Information Commons desk on the first floor of the Burke Library or the AV office in Kirner-Johnson Room 222e at least two days in advance of the event to test the Videochat Cart and the service to be used for the call. If you perform this test call, ITS can also provide staff support for your actual call if problems arise. APPOINTMENTS CAN BE MADE HERE (Needs to be created) Ideally, a test call will be performed with the other participant(s), but this may not be feasible. ITS also recommends you follow the our "Create a High-Quality Videoconference Guide" to make your call the highest-possible-quality. Tandberg Videoconferences What is a Tandberg Videoconference? A Tandberg unit provides an unparalleled, high quality videoconference call via sophisticated hardware and support. Why are Tandberg Videoconferences handled differently? The process for configuring and running a Tandberg-facilitated videoconference is by far more complicated than a videoconference facilitated by Google Talk, Skype, or OoVoo: All participants in the call must have Tandberg units or rent time at a facility equipped with Tandberg units; There is a fee for using a Tandberg unit; Tandberg units at Hamilton are permanently stationed in Burke Library, the Levitt Center, and the Taylor Science Center; Tandberg videoconferences absolutely must be directly supported by a member of Audiovisual Services. How can I tell if I should use a Tandberg Unit? ITS recommends a Tandberg videoconference only for highest-priority calls (e.g final interviews for a high-ranking position.) Skype and Google Talk have been used many times for interviews and courses on campus and are deemed completely satisfactory by users. As always, ITS welcomes a conversation about your needs and will be happy to provide a recommendation at any time; please contact Audiovisual Services at avs@hamilton.edu or x4120.  I need to use the Tandberg unit. What should I do? Faculty must fill out the TANDBERG VIDEOCONFERENCE REQUEST FORM (Needed); Staff may use the Tandberg units for interviews with prospective employers, but the request must be initiated at Human Resources. Students may use the Tandberg units for interviews with prospective employers, but the request must be initiated at the Career Center.
  • Professional-Grade Videoconference Tandberg Professional-Grade Videoconferences What is meant by "Professional-Grade Videoconference:" Professional-Grade Videoconferences are unparalleled, high-quality videoconference calls facilitated by even-more-sophisticated hardware and support. How are Professional-Grade Videoconferences handled differently? The process for configuring and running a Professional-Grade Videoconference is by far more complicated than a videoconference facilitated by Google Talk, Skype, or OoVoo: All participants in the call must have specialized(e.g. those provided by the Tandberg, Polycom, Cisco, and Lifesize companies) equipment or rent time at a facility equipped with such specialized units; There is a fee for using this service; Audio and Video quality exceed any solution available on individual computers with webcams and/or microphones; Tandberg units at Hamilton are stationed on one videoconference cart and permanently stationed in Spencer House, the Levitt Center, and the Taylor Science Center; Professional-Grade Videoconferences absolutely must be directly supported by a member of Audiovisual Services. How can I tell if I should use the Professional-Grade Videoconference Option? ITS recommends a Professional-Grade Videoconference only for highest-priority calls (e.g final interviews for a high-ranking position;) Skype and Google Talk have been used many times for interviews and courses on campus and are deemed completely satisfactory by users; And, as always, ITS welcomes a conversation about your needs and will be happy to provide a recommendation at any time; please contact Audiovisual Services at avs@hamilton.edu or x4120.  I need to use the Professional-Grade Videoconference option. What should I do? Faculty must fill out the PROFESSIONAL-GRADE VIDEOCONFERENCE REQUEST FORM (Needed); Staff may use a Professional-Grade Videoconference solution for interviews with prospective employers, but the request must be initiated at Human Resources. Students may use the Professional-Grade Videoconference option for interviews with prospective employers, but the request must be initiated at the Career Center.
  • Videoconferencing Guide Tandberg Solutions NOTE: Please click the name of the solution to select it. Also, please hover over links in the table for more information. Scenarios Google Talk Skype OoVoo ITS Videochat Cart Person-to-PersoIf your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS recommends you purchase a Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that EMPLOYEES may check out. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information.n Communication ✓ ✓ ✓   Guest SpeakerIf you wish to use a larger display or projector for your conversation, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on suitable locations. ✓ ✓     Multi-person Conversations   (!Free: 25 audio 2 video For-Fee Features: 25 Audio 10 Video) ✓12 or fewer participants.   High-Quality, High-Risk ConversationsSolution for EMPLOYEES only. Students who need an extremely high quality video conversation should contact the Career Center (x4346.)       ✓ Share Computer Screen   (!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me (!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me    Maximum Number of Participants 2 audio or video Available for a fee.25 Audio 2 Video/25 VideoFor a fee. 12 Audio/Video   Available Resources If you wish to videoconference via a larger display or projector, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on locations. If your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that may be checked out by Staff and Faculty for videoconferences. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information. Should you wish to purchase your own webcam/microphone unit, ITS recommends you purchase the Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. If you intend to use your own laptop for the videoconference, please note that you may need an adaptor to connect it to the screens or projectors in various rooms on campus. If needed and based on availability, Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can provide Staff and Faculty with an adaptor to connect your computer. Please also have a look at our "Create a High-Quality Videoconference Guide" to make your call the highest-possible-quality. 
Telephone
  • Employee Phone Instructions Telephone New Employees Phone Setup If you need a telephone setup please contact Telephone Services at x4160 or e-mail  telephone@hamilton.edu Basic Phone Usage To hold a call To place a call on hold: Press [HOLD] To return to the held call: Press the line key with the flashing light To transfer a call To another extension: Press [TRANSFER] Dial the extension you're transferring to Press [TRANSFER] to complete Directly into a voice mailbox: Press [TRANSFER] Dial 4809 When connected, dial the extension you're transferring to Press [TRANSFER] To forward all calls To another extension: Make sure the handset is down Press [FORWARD] Dial the extension you're forwarding to Press [FORWARD] Directly into a voice mailbox: Make sure the handset is down Press [FORWARD] Dial 4808 Press [FORWARD] To cancel forwarding: Make sure the handset is down Press [FORWARD] Dialing Instructions To make a call between extensions just dial the last 4 digits To make a local call dial 9 the phone number To make a call within 315 area code dial 9 the phone number To make a call to any other area code dial 9 area code the phone number To make a toll free number dial 9 1 800, 855,866,877 or 888 the phone number To make an international call dial 9 011 country code city code the phone number To make calling card, credit and collect calls follow the directions on your card or call 9 00 To make a Directory Assistance call dial 9 411 For other features and/or more detail on these features, please refer to the telephone manual at this link: Telephone Manual. Please note that not all of the features in your manual are available. If you still have questions, please contact Telephone Services at ext: 4160 or email telephone@hamilton.edu.
  • Network and Telephone Services Home Page Telephone Network and Telecommunications Services Team Mission Network and Telecommunications Services will ensure a reliable, secure, efficient network and telecommunications environment for the campus community.
  • Telephone Services Main Page Telephone Telephone Services Employee Telephone InformationEmployee Phones Employee Voice Mail Student Telephone Information Network Information Hotline: 315-859-4050 Phone Services: 315-859-4160Fax: 315-859-4185 You can email the Telephone Services Team at: telephone@hamilton.edu Return to Network & Telecommunications Home Page  
Tips
  • Tip # 1 - Using the @ Symbol for Last Record Retrieval Tips Tip #1 Whenever you've done maintenance on a record and want to bring up the last record you worked on (even on a different form), simply enter:   @ (Get the @ Symbol by pressing Shift 2) at the Person Lookup prompt, then press: Enter
  • Tip # 2 - Using = to Tell Colleague to do it Your Way Tips Tip #2 Have you ever entered data into Colleague and had the system change what you typed into upper or lower case? Colleague tries to be helpful, but sometimes that is not the way you want that particular name or piece of data to look! This happens most frequently with names, addresses and code descriptions. If you enter the equals sign immediately followed by your desired text (without a space between them), Colleague will not attempt to change what you typed. For example, if you want Colleague to leave the last name VanSpike alone (instead of changing it to Vanspike - with a lower-case "s") you would enter: =VanSpike directly into the last name field.
  • Tip # 3 - Adding Leading Zeros to Datatel-Generated EXCEL Spreadsheets Tips Tip #3 Have you ever used the EXCEL command in Colleague and been frustrated when it drops "leading zeros" from columns of numbers, such as Colleague ID's? In other words, instead of a seven digit Colleague ID like 0145672, you'd see one like 145672 (Note that the "leading zero" has been dropped). Luckily, there's a simple fix for this problem. Once you generate your spreadsheet, follow these steps:  Highlight the column of numbers to be fixed by moving your curser over the column letter at the very top of the column. For example, if you want to highlight the first column on the left, you'd move your curser over the letter "A" at the top of that column. As soon as you do this, you'll see a small downward-facing arrow appear. Click once on the column to highlight it. When the column is highlighted, it will turn blue. From the Format dropdown menu, choose Cells (first choice at the top). In the Format Cells window, choose the Number tab (first on the left, along the top – should already be the default choice). Under the word "Category:" (on the left), there is a dropdown list of choices. Choose Custom (last choice at the bottom). Beneath the word "Type:" (on the right), there is a single-line text box. Directly beneath that is a dropdown list of various choices. The single-line text box will initially have the word "General" in it. Note that the word "General" is also the first item listed in the dropdown list. Double-click on the single-line text box to highlight it. Use your backspace key to remove the word "General" from the single-line text box. If the numbers you are trying to fix are, for example, Colleague ID's, then they all need to uniformly consist of seven digits. Many of the older Colleague ID's on our system contain one or more "leading zeros," as shown in the example above. So in this example, enter 0000000 (seven zeros) into the single-line text box (where you previously removed the word "General"). Click the OK button at the bottom of the Format Cells window. All of your Colleague ID's will now have seven digits, with leading zeros where appropriate. Be sure to save your spreadsheet. 
Training
  • ITS Educational Opportunities Training Our mission is to spread the effective and efficient use of technology across the campus by offering a variety of services such as: Instructor led workshops - current schedule Demonstrations - current schedule Deskside coaching and consultation appointments - call x4178 or e-mail mscoones to schedule an appointment On-line Learning Opportunities Students - do you need to learn a new computer skill for a summer job or your new job after graduation? Employees - do you need a refresher course on an application that you don't use on a regular basis? ITS subscribes to an online training library, Lynda.com, that contains over 1000 video tutorials you can access 24 hours a day, seven days a week. According to Lynda.com: Learn software from Adobe, Apple, Microsoft and more. Classes for beginners to experts. Learn at your own pace: Play, pause, rewind. Watch one tutorial at a time, or a whole course. We will assist the Hamilton Community in determining how best to integrate technology into their work and we endeavor to encourage them to acquire and enhance their skills with respect to the information technologies and resources used for research, office productivity, and academics.
  • SiteManager - How do I add a page or file? Training Add a Page or File NOTE: SiteManager can be used both on and off the Hamilton campus. Within the site/section where you want to add the new page, click on Add a page.   Enter a Page Title. The Page Title is what appears in your list of pages and in the blue band at the top of the web page.  If you include spaces within your title, the address will include hyphens where you had spaces. Choose a Page Type. The Page Type can be either Web Page or downloadable file, e.g. PDF, Word or Excel document. If uploading a file, click on Browse and locate and select the file to upload.  If the file is not a PDF and you want to convert it, check the box to Convert to PDF. The page will inherit the template design of the site/section. Click on Submit. Related Links How do I delete a page? How do I edit a page/replace a downloadable file?
  • SiteManager - How do I add audio/video? Training Add Audio NOTE: Accepted File Types:  MP3 Select the Audio module. Find Media tab:  search for media you or others have already added. Add New Media tab:  add new audio files for immediate or later use. My Media tab:  see all audio media you have uploaded.   When you’ve found the audio file, select insert. Adding Video NOTE: Accepted File Types:  Flash (FLV) and Quicktime (MOV) (DV) NOTE: Files must be limited to 500 MB Select the Video module. The video media library will look exactly like the audio media library. Find Media tab:  search for media you or others have already added. Add New Media tab:  add new video files for immediate or later use. My Media tab:  see all video media you have uploaded. When you’ve found your video file, select insert.
  • SiteManager - How do I add comments? Training Add Comments Select the Comments module. Settings Tab – Set Type of Comments: Moderated – add the list of moderators Not Moderated Comments Tab – See the comments posted, approve to show on page. Add Custom Content NOTE: Only use if you have knowledge of HTML. Select the Custom Content module. Enter your HTML code and click on save. Add Google Forms and Calendars Select the Google Forms and Calendars module. Follow the instructions in the box and click on Save. Add a Google Map Select the Google Map module. Fill in the information and click on Save. Add Hamilton News Select the Hamilton News module. Fill in the information and click on Save. Add Navigation Select the Navigation module. NOTE: Links will appear as the default heading. That can be changed later. Under your heading, enter a title and a URL, either by choosing a page or entering a specific URL, then click save. Repeat the previous step for all other links you want to add. Add Site Contact Information Select the Site Contact module. Fill in the information and click save. If the information is already in the text and correct, click save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add custom content? Training Add Custom Content NOTE: Only use if you have knowledge of HTML. Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module. Enter your HTML code and click on save. Add Facebook Like Button Click on Add Content and select the custom content module. In a separate window or tab, go to http://developers.facebook.com/docs/reference/plugins/like/ Enter the URL of the Facebook page for which you want to create a like button. Uncheck send button. Click Get code. Select the IFRAME option and copy the code. In your content module, paste the code and click save. Add Facebook Feed NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module. Insert the following code (Include < and at the beginning of the code and remove the spaces in < / iframe>): iframe allowtransparency="true" src="http://www.facebook.com/connect/connect.php?id=###############&connections=0&stream=1" style="border: none; width: 300px; height: 380px;" frameborder="1" scrolling="no"> < / iframe> Insert your Facebook page's 10 or 15-digit id in place of the 15 # symbols. Your page's id is normally at the end of your page's URL. (You will need another tab/window to get to the Facebook page) If not, follow these instructions: On your page, right click and select view page source. In the Source Code, search (Control F on Windows, Cmd F on Mac) for profile_id=. Following that portion of the code is a 10 or 15-digit id. Insert that in place of the 15 # symbols. Click save. Add Twitter Feed NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module In a new tab, go to https://twitter.com/about/resources/widgets/widget_profile Select a username (the twitter feed you would like your website to follow). Once you've finished editing the other preferences (we do not recommend editing appearance or dimensions), click finish & grab code. Copy that code and paste it into the custom content module and click save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add Facebook Plugins? Training Add Facebook Like Button Click on Add Content and select the custom content module. In a separate window or tab, go to http://developers.facebook.com/docs/reference/plugins/like/ Enter the URL of the Facebook page for which you want to create a like button. Uncheck send button. Click Get code. Select the IFRAME option and copy the code. In your content module, paste the code and click save. Add Facebook Feed NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module. Insert the following code (Include < and at the beginning of the code and remove the spaces in < / iframe>): iframe allowtransparency="true" src="http://www.facebook.com/connect/connect.php?id=###############&connections=0&stream=1" style="border: none; width: 300px; height: 380px;" frameborder="1" scrolling="no"> < / iframe> Insert your Facebook page's 10 or 15-digit id in place of the 15 # symbols. Your page's id is normally at the end of your page's URL. (You will need another tab/window to get to the Facebook page) If not, follow these instructions: On your page, right click and select view page source. In the Source Code, search (Control F on Windows, Cmd F on Mac) for profile_id=. Following that portion of the code is a 10 or 15-digit id. Insert that in place of the 15 # symbols. Click save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add Google Forms, Calendars, and Maps? Training Add Google Forms and Calendars Click on an Add Content button and select the Google Forms and Calendars module. Follow the instructions in the box and click on Save. Add a Google Map Click on an Add Content button and select the Google Map module. Fill in the information and click on Save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add Hamilton News? Training Add Hamilton News NOTE: Academics Sites do not have this module; they have an "Article Database" module, which is currently unusable. Click on an Add Content button and select the Hamilton News module. Fill in the information (be sure to enter tags or no articles will display!) and click on Save.
  • SiteManager - How do I add Navigation? Training Add Navigation Click on an Add Content button and select the Navigation module. NOTE: Links will appear as the default heading. That can be changed later. Under your heading, enter a title and a URL, either by choosing a page or entering a specific URL, then click save. (NOTE: If you are linking to a website outside of hamilton.edu, we suggest checking new window.) Repeat the previous step for all other links you want to add. NOTE: All navigation modules on the official (www) Hamilton site must be accordion.
  • SiteManager - How do I add new media? Training The Web Media Library The Web Media Library holds image, audio, and video assets. Add Assets to the Web Media Library  You can get to the Web Media Library via: From within SiteManager, click on the Web Media Library tab. When in the editing mode, follow the steps above to Add Content, choosing the Audio, Images, or Video option. When in the text editing mode, click on the Image icon   on the toolbar. Click on the Add New Media tab. NOTE:  Manipulation of assets should be done BEFORE adding them to SiteManager,  For example, you can resize images in SiteManager, but you cannot edit them, e.g. crop or fix red eye. The Name field is required.  Use names that accurately describe the image.  Appropriately named images will allow for easier retrieval by you and by other web editors at a future time. Click on the Select Media button to locate the audio file, image, or video on your hard drive, network space, CD, etc. If you’d like, you can add a Caption or Attribution. If you want to share this asset with others, leave the box next to Private unchecked, otherwise click once in the box to check it.  You will be the only person able to see and edit this image. Click on Save Media.
  • SiteManager - How do I add text? Training Add Text Click on an Add Content button and select the Text module. Enter your text in the Edit Content window. Click Save. Paste Text from Word Chances are that you already have the text for your page typed, most likely in Microsoft Word.  When pasting into the Edit Content Window, all of the formatting will be stripped. If, however, you drag and drop the text, the formatting will be preserved. Styles The styles available for you to use when formatting your pages are dependent on the Template.  These are predefined styles and cannot be changed, i.e. use a different color, font or size. Styles for pages on http://www.hamilton.edu need to follow the Web Style Guidelines. Apply a Style Select the text to which you want to apply a style. From the Styles menu, choose the desired style. Remove a Style (subject to change)  Select the text for which you want to remove the style. Click on the Remove Format button on the toolbar.
  • SiteManager - How do I add/edit a slideshow? Training Add a Slideshow Click on an Add Content button and select the Slideshow module. Click on Add Image. Search for or upload your images. Click on Insert. Add your next image. Rearrange your images using drag and drop. Click on the Advanced tab to set how your slideshow will play. Click on Save Settings.
  • SiteManager - How do I add/edit images? Training Add Images Accepted File Types:  JPG, GIF, and PNG    Images can be added in one of two ways: In their own Content module:  Select the Images module. Within a Text module, e.g. if you want your text to flow around an image:  Click on the Image   button on the toolbar within the text editor.  Click on Browse Server. Does the image you need already exist?  If you are not sure, search for it. Type in a search term under Search and click on Search Images. To use an image that already exists, click on the Insert. On the Basic tab, select the size of the image, choose to include the caption and/or attribution associated with the image. On the Advanced tab, if applicable, define a link to associate with the image, and/or a custom width and height. Click on Insert Media. If you are inserting the image within a Text module, the Image Properties window will appear at which point you can add Alternative Text (important for people using screen readers), change the size of the image (measured in pixels), add a border to it (the images on our site have a border of zero), add horizontal or vertical space (so the image is not so close to the text), and finally, choose how you want it aligned. Click OK. Edit Your Image SiteManager cannot edit images. For advice on editing images, see here.
  • SiteManager - How do I delete a page? Training Delete a Page Click on the Delete icon next to the name of the page. Click on OK in the window that appears to delete the page.
  • SiteManager - How do I edit a page/replace a downloadable file? Training Edit Pages There are two ways to get into edit mode: Within SiteManager, click on the Edit button next to the page you want to edit. In your browser window navigate to the page you want to edit and hit the key.  If you navigate to the page and you are not logged into My Hamilton, you will be prompted to login. Your page will appear the editing tools layered on top of it, shown below. [NOTE:  If you do not have the rights to edit a page, you will see the message:  You do not have permission to access this page.]
  • SiteManager - How do I edit content modules? Training Edit Content When you mouse over a module, it will be highlighted in yellow.  You have three choices: Move the module:  Click on the two vertical lines and drag the module above or below another module.  Please note, you can only move modules within the same content areas. Edit the content:  Click on the Edit button.  The editing options are dependent upon the type of content module. Change Options: Settings:  Change the Layout and Style of the module box. 1/3 Width, 1/2 Width, 2/3 Width, Full Width:  By default a module spans the Full Width of the designated column. Sets how much space the content uses in the column Inherit:  Typically used in conjunction with Lock.  Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section. Lock:  Typically used in conjunction with Inherit.  Ensures the Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section. Remove: Deletes the content.  
  • SiteManager - How do I edit textboxes? Training Table of Contents The Editing Tools Insert/Edit E-mail Link The Edit Toolbar Insert/Edit Anchor Insert/Edit URL Link Insert/Edit Image Remove a Link Insert/Edit Table The Editing Tools SiteManager provides a full set of tools to simplify the process of editing your pages.  Please be aware that although it looks like a toolbar you would find in Microsoft Word, editing a web page differs from editing a Word document.  For example, if you hit "enter" when editing a web page, you will automatically get double spacing, also known as a paragraph break. To get single spacing you have to hit "shift" "enter", also known as a line break. The Edit Toolbar Insert/Edit URL Link  Highlight the text or image you want to become a link. Click on the Insert/Edit Link   button on the toolbar. Under Link Type, select URL. Either type or paste a link in the URL box or click on Browse Server. Navigate to the page. Use the preview button to see a preview of the page. Use the link button to insert the page's URL into the URL box. To have the link open in a new browser window, click on the Target tab and from the drop down menu below Target, select New Window (_blank). Click on OK. Remove a Link Highlight the text currently formatted as a link. Click on the Remove Link button.  Insert/Edit E-mail Link Highlight the text you want to become a link. Click on the Insert/Edit Link   button on the toolbar. Under Link Type, select E-mail Type in the E-mail address and if desired, you can also type in the Message Subject and Message Body so that when a visitor clicks on an e-mail link, a portion of the e-mail message is created for them. Click on OK. Insert/Edit Anchor Anchors are used on a page to quickly take a visitor to a specific section of the page. Place the cursor at the beginning of the line where you want the anchor to be. Click on the Insert/Edit Anchor   button. Enter the name of the anchor in the Anchor Properties window that appears. To use the anchor as a link, click on the Insert/Edit Link  button. Under Link Type, select Link to anchor in the text. Select an anchor name from the drop down list. Click on OK. Insert/Edit Image Follow the instruction under Adding Images on “How do I add/edit images?” Insert/Edit Table Use tables when you need to present information that lends itself to a tabular setup. Place the cursor at the point you need the table to appear. Click on the Insert/Edit Table   button on the toolbar. (NOTE: Pressing "tab" in a table will not move you to the next cell.) Width: Measured either in pixels (200 pixels is the default) or as a percent of the module area you are in.  The width of Hamilton pages is 960 pixels. Height:  Measured in pixels. Cell Spacing: sets the amount of space between adjacent layout cells (in pixels).  This value should be less than 5 Cell padding: sets the amount of space between the content of a layout cell and the cell boundary (in pixels).  This value should be less than 5. Headers:  bolds the first row, first column, or both. Border size: specifies the width, in pixels, of the table’s borders.  A border size of zero will produce a borderless table, but you will see gridlines when editing your table. Alignment:  sets the alignment of the whole table.  Since the default size of the table is 100%, he Center and Right choices will appear to have no effect. Click on OK. Once your table is in place, you can right click in a cell or on the table to see the menu of options you can use to edit your table.
  • SiteManager - Registration Tool Training Event Registration Tool The event registration tool is a component of SiteManager that allows you to set up events with limited numbers of attendees. To use this tool for the first time, follow these instructions: Go to https://my.hamilton.edu/sitemanager/applications/events/index.cfm Select Add a new Calendar. Create a name for the calendar and press submit. Add other people to edit the events if necessary. Select Manage Events on this Calendar. This will bring you to the event listing, allowing you to create events, and giving you the public URL to the calendar. This URL can be given out to let people register for your events. To create an event, select Add Event. Be sure to enter your information correctly. Once an event is added, you can copy it and change the date to duplicate it. If people have registered for it, you can also manage them, adding or removing people, or editing their information. If you already have a calendar, it will appear on the opening page, from which you can manage it. To publicize your events, you can either submit the event to the Events Calendar, and include the registration link in the description, or you can use Google Calendar, adding the registration link to the description.
  • SiteManager - What are content modules? How do I add them? Training What is Content? Content is the material that makes up the pages you create. Depending on the template you are using, you will see between one and five Add Content buttons: SiteHeader Available on academics, people, students, and courses Sitewide Navigation Available on academics, people, students, and courses Left or Left Column Available on all domains, use depends on template Right or Right Column Available on all domains, use depends on template Center or Main Content Available on all domains, use depends on templat Types of Content Modules Audio - Allows you to insert audio files. Available on all site domains Comments - Allows you to create commemnt boxes for visitors. Available on courses, people, and students Custom Content - Allows you to insert HTML Code. (Facebook Like Button/Facebook Feed/Twitter) Available on courses, people and students Google Forms and Calendars - Allows you to upload Forms and Calendars from Google. Available on all site domains Google Map - Allows you to upload a map to the page. Available on all site domains Hamilton News/Article Database Available only on official/Available on courses, people and students Images - Allows you to upload images. Available on all site domains Navigation - Allows you to create a navigation bar on your site. Available on all site domains Site Contact - Allows you to add contact information for a page. Available on all site domains Slideshow - Allows you to create a slideshow on a page. Available on all site domains Text (Add/Edit) - Allows you to add textboxes to a page. Available on all site domains Video - Allows you to add video to a page. Available on all site domains Add Content Click on the Add Content button in the desired area.  Please note:  it is not possible to drag and drop content between content areas. From the drop down menu, choose the type of module you want to add. Click on Add.
  • SiteManager - What are some good publishing practices? Training Web publishing: Best practices We’ve put together a few questions (and comments) to guide you through an examination of the content and structure of your Web site. As you begin to use SiteManager to edit and to update your Web pages, please take a few minutes to review these questions, and to think about how you can apply your answers to your Web site. What is the most important information about you? Publish only the content that you can manage comfortably. That content should give the maximum amount of information to the maximum amount of people. Organize your information in a way that will make the most sense to your audience, even if that conflicts with the way that your office is organized. Think about what information from the rest of our Web site might be useful to your audience, and link to it. Trying to replicate it on your site just makes more work for you. When was the last time your Web site was updated? Current and accurate content is essential. If something on your Web site is obviously outdated, your audience will not trust your information. It’s useful to have a schedule of what you need to update, and when. Review any links that you have to make sure they are still valid and useful. What pages on your site require your audience to scroll down through several screens in order to read everything? On the Web, short and simple is best. Keep your information in easy-to-read chunks that your audience can quickly scan. If your text sounds awkward and wordy, it probably is. When editing a page, make use of “bulleted” information, and use clear and useful subheadings to introduce ideas. Who is your audience? A Web page can’t be all things for all people. Consider who your audience is, and decide what you want them to take away from the page.
  • SiteManager - What is a site? How do I navigate one? Training What is a site? A site contains a collection of web files on a related subject.  The sites that you have the rights to edit will appear under My Sites.  Click once on the name link to see the contents of the site. Why don’t I see any sites? 1) You have not been given acess to any sites.  a) Did you take a SiteManager training class?  If not, here is the current schedule.  b) Are you editing an official college site? Access is given during the required Working Sessions. 2) You may be using the wrong address. SiteManager exists on five different Hamilton College domains: a) College departments, official college pages:   http://www.hamilton.edu/sitemanager b) Academic department pages and supporting content/sites:   http://academics.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Please note, pages created and maintained by the departments will not replace the Hamilton marketing pages created and maintained by C&D. Department maintained pages are accessed via a link from the official Hamilton pages that reads, " The [department name] department maintains its own Web site. More..." Only sites that display current information will be linked from the official academic page. c) Student organizations:   http://students.hamilton.edu/sitemanager d) All personal sites:   http://people.hamilton.edu/sitemanager e) Sites and content related to course work, academic projects:   http://courses.hamilton.edu/sitemanager f) Conference sites:   http://conferences.hamilton.edu/sitemanager   Navigating Around SiteManager There is a hierarchy that defines the navigation in SiteManager.  Depending on where you are in the hierarchy, you have different options available to you. Home is at the top.  Sites contain sections (organize like items together) and pages. Pages are made up of modules. SiteManager provides “bread crumb trail” navigation, so you can always quickly get to a site, section, or page. Note:  The first page you make in your site is the “home” page, noted by the icon of the house.  Site options: settings Section options: settings, move, delete “Home” page options: view, edit, settings, move, archive, delete Page options: view, edit, settings, move, make home, archive, delete
  • SiteManager 3.0 Training Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 1 of 23 SiteManager 3.0 Table of Contents Table of Contents .................................................................................................................1 Log In................................................................................................................................2 What is a site? .....................................................................................................................2 Navigating Around SiteManager .............................................................................................3 Site/Section Settings ............................................................................................................4 Page Settings ......................................................................................................................5 Add a Page..........................................................................................................................6 Delete a Page ......................................................................................................................6 Edit Pages ...........................................................................................................................7 The Content Areas................................................................................................................7 Types of Content Modules .....................................................................................................7 Add Content ........................................................................................................................8 Edit Content ........................................................................................................................8 The Web Media Library .........................................................................................................9 Add Assets to the Web Media Library...................................................................................9 Add Audio (functionality forthcoming) ...................................................................................10 Add Comments ..................................................................................................................11 Add Google Forms ..............................................................................................................12 Add a Google Map ..............................................................................................................12 Add Hamilton News ............................................................................................................12 Add Images.......................................................................................................................13 Edit Your Image (documentation forthcoming)....................................................................14 Add Include Custom File (documentation forthcoming) ...........................................................14 Add Navigation (documentation forthcoming) ........................................................................14 Add Site Contact Information (functionality forthcoming) ........................................................14 Add a Slideshow.................................................................................................................15 Add Text ...........................................................................................................................16 The Editing Tools ............................................................................................................16 The Edit Toolbar .............................................................................................................16 Paste Text from Word......................................................................................................17 Styles...........................................................................................................................17 Insert/Edit URL Link ........................................................................................................18 Remove a Link ............................................................................................................19 Insert/Edit E-mail Link.....................................................................................................19 Insert/Edit Anchor...........................................................................................................20 Insert/Edit Image ...........................................................................................................21 Insert/Edit Table.............................................................................................................21 Adding Video (documentation forthcoming) ...........................................................................22 Log Out............................................................................................................................22 Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 2 of 23 Log In http://wwwtest.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Beta site http://www.hamilton.edu/sitemanager College departments, official college pages http://academics.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Academic department pages and supporting content/sites http://students.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Student organizations http://people.hamilton.edu/sitemanager All personal sites http://courses.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Sites and content related to course work, academic projects http://conferences.hamilton.edu/sitemanager Conference sites You will login with you’re my Hamilton username and password. When you login for the first time, you will see the following screen: What is a site? A site contains a collection of web files on a related subject. The sites that you have the rights to edit will appear under My Sites. Click once on the name link to see the contents of the site. Folders representing sections of your site. Pages at the top level of your site. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 3 of 23 Home Site Section/Pages Site Ex. Information Technology Services Section/Pages Ex. Support Section/Pages Ex. Network Services Section/Pages Ex. Index.html Section/Pages Ex. Web Services Site Section/Pages Navigating Around SiteManager There is a hierarchy that defines the navigation in SiteManager. Depending on where you are in the hierarchy, you have different options available to you. SiteManager provides “bread crumb trail” navigation, so you can always quickly get to a site, section, or page. Note: The first page you make in your site is the “home” page, noted by the icon of the house. Site and section options “Home” page options Page options Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Site/Section Settings Functionality Screen Shots The Basic tab includes the name of the site or section as it appears in SiteManager, and the template applied. Note: Template options subject to change. The Security tab controls Viewing permissions. 1. The View Permissions option allows you to control who is allowed to view the pages and files within a site over the Web. By editing these fields, you restrict access to the site to only those groups and users that you specify. The History tab shows the user that made the previous changes to the site/section. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page Settings Functionality Screen Shots The Basic tab contains: the Title and Page Type (either Web Page or Downloadable file). If you do not Inherit the template from the site/section, the Templates drop down menu will be available to you. The Security Settings section controls Viewing permissions. 1. The View Permissions option allows you to control who is allowed to view the page over the Web. By editing these fields, you restrict access to those pages to only those groups and users that you specify. The History tab shows the user that made the previous changes to the page. The Metadata Settings tab shows the HTML Title. For the time being, this tab does not need to be used. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 6 of 23 Add a Page 1. Within the site/section where you want to add the new page, click on Add a page. 1. The Page Title is what appears in your list of pages and in the blue band at the top of the web page. If you include spaces within your title, the address will include hyphens where you had spaces. 2. The Page Type can be either Web Page or downloadable file, e.g. PDF, Word or Excel document. 3. If uploading a file, click on Browse and locate and select the file to upload. If the file is not a PDF and you want to convert it, check the box to Convert to PDF. 4. The page will inherit the template design of the site/section. Click on Submit. Delete a Page 1. Click on the Delete icon next to the name of the page. 2. Click on OK in the window that appears to delete the page. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 7 of 23 Edit Pages 1. There are two ways to get into edit mode: a. Within SiteManager, click on the Edit button next to the page you want to edit. b. In your browser window navigate to the page you want to edit and hit the <ESC> key. If you navigate to the page and you are not logged into My Hamilton, you will be prompted to login. 2. Your page will appear the editing tools layered on top of it. [NOTE: If you do not have the rights to edit a page, you will see the message: You do not have permission to access this page.] The Content Areas Depending on the template you are using, you will see between one and five Add Content buttons: SiteHeader Available on academics, people, students, and courses Sitewide Navigation Available on academics, people, students, and courses Left or Left Column Available on all domains, use depends on template Right or Right Column Available on all domains, use depends on template Center or Main Content Available on all domains, use depends on template Types of Content Modules Audio Available on all site domains Comments Available on courses, people, and students Google Forms Available on all site domains Google Map Available on all site domains Hamilton News Available on all site domains Images Available on all site domains Include Custom File Available on courses, people and students Navigation Available on all site domains Site Contact Available on all site domains Slideshow Available on all site domains Text Available on all site domains Video Available on all site domains Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 8 of 23 Add Content 1. Click on the Add Content button in the desired area. Please note: it is not possible to drag and drop content between content areas. 2. From the drop down menu, choose the type of module you want to add. 3. Click on Add. Edit Content 1. When you mouse over a module, it will be highlighted in yellow. You have three choices: a. Move the module: Click on the two vertical lines and drag the module above or below another module. Please note, you can only move modules within the same content areas. b. Edit the content: Click on the Edit button. The editing options are dependent upon the type of content module. c. Change Options: i. Settings: Change the Layout and Style of the module box ii. 1/3 Width, 1/2 Width, 2/3 Width, Full Width: By default a module spans the Full Width of the designated column. iii. Inherit: Typically used in conjunction with Lock. Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section. iv. Lock: Typically used in conjunction with Inherit. Ensures the Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 9 of 23 The Web Media Library New in SiteManager 3.0, the Web Media Library holds image, audio, and video assets. Add Assets to the Web Media Library 1. You can get to the Web Media Library via: a. From within SiteManager, click on the Web Media Library tab. b. When in the editing mode, follow the steps above to Add Content, choosing the Audio, Images, or Video option. c. When in the text editing mode, click on the Image icon on the toolbar. 2. Click on the Add New Media tab. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 10 of 23 3. NOTE: Manipulation of assets should be done BEFORE adding them to SiteManager, For example, you can resize images in SiteManager, but you cannot edit them, e.g. crop or fix red eye. 4. The Name field is required. Use names that accurately describe the image. Appropriately named images will allow for easier retrieval by you and by other web editors at a future time. 5. Click on the Select Media button to locate the audio file, image, or video on your hard drive, network space, CD, etc. 6. If you’d like, you can add a Caption or Attribution. 7. If you want to share this asset with others, leave the box next to Private unchecked, otherwise click once in the box to check it. You will be the only person able to see and edit this image. 8. Click on Save Media. Add Audio (functionality forthcoming) Accepted File Types: MP3 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Audio module. a. Find Media tab: search for media you or others have already added. b. Add New Media tab: add new audio files for immediate or later use. c. My Media tab: see all audio media you have uploaded. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 11 of 23 Add Comments 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Comments module. 2. Settings Tab – Set Type of Comments: a. Moderated – add the list of moderators b. Not Moderated 3. Comments Tab – See the comments posted, approve to show on page. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 12 of 23 Add Google Forms 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Google Forms module. Add a Google Map 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Google Map module. 2. Fill in the information and click on Save. Add Hamilton News 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Hamilton News module. 2. Fill in the information and click on Save. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 13 of 23 Add Images Accepted File Types: JPG, GIF, and PNG 1. Images can be added in one of two ways: a. In their own Content module: Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Images module. 2. Within a Text module, e.g. if you want your text to flow around an image: Click on the Image button on the toolbar within the text editor. Click on Browse Server. 3. Does the image you need already exist? If you are not sure, search for it. 4. Type in a search term under Search and click on Search Images. 5. To use an image that already exists, click on the Insert. a. On the Basic tab, select the size of the image, choose to include the caption and/or attribution associated with the image. b. On the Advanced tab, if applicable, define a link to associate with the image, and/or a custom width and height. c. Click on Insert Media. NOTE: The text that appears in the Preview box to the left is known as “Lorem Ipsum” or “dummy” text. It's mostly Latin, and is used extensively in print to replicate what "real" text would look like, without actually having to write anything. In this case, you will be able to see how the image you insert will appear in relation of text which may surround it. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 14 of 23 6. If you are inserting the image within a Text module, the Image Properties window will appear at which point you can add Alternative Text (important for people using screen readers), change the size of the image (measured in pixels), add a border to it (the images on our site have a border of zero), add horizontal or vertical space (so the image is not so close to the text), and finally, choose how you want it aligned. 7. Click OK. Edit Your Image (documentation forthcoming) Add Include Custom File (documentation forthcoming) Add Navigation (documentation forthcoming) 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Navigation module. 2. Add Site Contact Information (functionality forthcoming) 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Site Contact module. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 15 of 23 Add a Slideshow 2. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Slideshow module. 3. Click on Add Image. 4. Search for or upload your images. 5. Click on Insert. 6. Add your next image. 7. Rearrange your images using drag and drop. 8. Click on the Advanced tab to set how your slideshow will play. 9. Click on Save Settings. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 16 of 23 Add Text 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Text module. 2. Enter your text in the Edit Content window. 3. Click Save. The Editing Tools SiteManager provides a full set of tools to simplify the process of editing your pages. Please be aware that although it looks like a toolbar you would find in Microsoft Word, editing a web page differs from editing a Word document. For example, if you hit <Enter> when editing a web page, you will automatically get double spacing, also known as a paragraph break. To get single spacing you have to hit <Shift> <Enter>, also known as a line break. The Edit Toolbar Cut Copy Paste Pop-up Window Roll-over text Check Spelling Spell Check As You Type Undo Redo Find Replace Select All Bold Italic Subscript Superscript Insert/Remove Numbered List Insert/Remove Bulleted List Decrease Indent Increase Indent Left Justify Center Justify Right Justify Insert/Edit Link Remove Link Insert/Edit Anchor Maximize Styles Remove Format Insert/Edit Image Insert/Edit Table Insert Special Character Maximize Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 17 of 23 Paste Text from Word Chances are that you already have the text for your page typed, most likely in Microsoft Word. When pasting into the Edit Content Window, all of the formatting will be stripped Styles The styles available for you to use when formatting your pages are dependent on the Template. These are predefined styles and cannot be changed, i.e. use a different color, font or size. Styles for pages on http://www.hamilton.edu need to follow the Web Style Guidelines (forthcoming). Apply a Style 1. Select the text to which you want to apply a style. 2. From the Styles menu, choose the desired style. Remove a Style (subject to change) 1. Select the text for which you want to remove the style. 2. Click on the Remove Format button on the toolbar. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 18 of 23 Insert/Edit URL Link 1. Highlight the text or image you want to become a link. 2. Click on the Insert/Edit Link button on the toolbar. 3. Under Link Type, select URL. 4. Either type or paste a link in the URL box or click on Browse Server. 5. Navigate to the page. a. Use the preview button to see a preview of the page. b. Use the link button to Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 19 of 23 6. To have the link open in a new browser window, click on the Target tab and from the drop down menu below Target, select New Window (_blank). 7. Click on OK. Remove a Link 1. Highlight the text currently formatted as a link. 2. Click on the Remove Link button. Insert/Edit E-mail Link 1. Highlight the text you want to become a link. 2. Click on the Insert/Edit Link button on the toolbar. 3. Under Link Type, select E-mail. 4. Type in the E-mail address and if desired, you can also type in the Message Subject and Message Body so that when a visitor clicks on an e-mail link, a portion of the e-mail message is created for them. 5. Click on OK. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 20 of 23 Insert/Edit Anchor Anchors are used on a page to quickly take a visitor to a specific section of the page. 1. Place the cursor at the beginning of the line where you want the anchor to be. 2. Click on the Insert/Edit Anchor button. 3. Enter the name of the anchor in the Anchor Properties window that appears. 4. To use the anchor as a link, click on the Insert/Edit Link button. 5. Under Link Type, select Link to anchor in the text. 6. Select an anchor name from the drop down list. 7. Click on OK. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 21 of 23 Insert/Edit Image Follow the instruction under Adding Images on page 13. Insert/Edit Table Known Issue: tables, bulleted lists and numbered lists appear center aligned in the editor, but are aligned correctly (left-aligned) on the actual page. Use tables when you need to present information that lends itself to a tabular setup. 1. Place the cursor at the point you need the table to appear. 2. Click on the Insert/Edit Table button on the toolbar. Width: Measured either in pixels (200 pixels is the default) or as a percent of the module area you are in. The width of Hamilton pages is 960 pixels. Height: Measured in pixels. Cell Spacing: sets the amount of space between adjacent layout cells (in pixels). This value should be less than 5. Cell padding: sets the amount of space between the content of a layout cell and the cell boundary (in pixels). This value should be less than 5. Headers: bolds the first row, first column, or both. Border size: specifies the width, in pixels, of the table’s borders. A border size of zero will produce a borderless table, but you will see gridlines when editing your table. Alignment: sets the alignment of the whole table. Since the default size of the table is 100%, he Center and Right choices will appear to have no effect. 3. Click on OK. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 22 of 23 4. Once your table is in place, you can right click in a cell or on the table to see the menu of options you can use to edit your table. Adding Video (documentation forthcoming) Accepted File Types: Flash (FLV) and Quicktime (MOV) (DV) 1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Video module. Log Out When you have finished making changes to your pages, click on Log Out in the top right corner. Last Modified on 07/28/10 SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 23 of 23 Web publishing: Best practices We’ve put together a few questions (and comments) to guide you through an examination of the content and structure of your Web site. As you begin to use SiteManager to edit and to update your Web pages, please take a few minutes to review these questions, and to think about how you can apply your answers to your Web site. What is the most important information about you? Publish only the content that you can manage comfortably. That content should give the maximum amount of information to the maximum amount of people. Organize your information in a way that will make the most sense to your audience, even if that conflicts with the way that your office is organized. Think about what information from the rest of our Web site might be useful to your audience, and link to it. Trying to replicate it on your site just makes more work for you. When was the last time your Web site was updated? Current and accurate content is essential. If something on your Web site is obviously outdated, your audience will not trust your information. It’s useful to have a schedule of what you need to update, and when. Review any links that you have to make sure they are still valid and useful. What pages on your site require your audience to scroll down through several screens in order to read everything? On the Web, short and simple is best. Keep your information in easy-to-read chunks that your audience can quickly scan. If your text sounds awkward and wordy, it probably is. When editing a page, make use of “bulleted” information, and use clear and useful subheadings to introduce ideas. Who is your audience? A Web page can’t be all things for all people. Consider who your audience is, and decide what you want them to take away from the page.
Transition
  • Adding New Students to the Transition System Transition Before You Start: Fall Admit new students typically enter the transition process in Mid-May. Spring admits typically enter the process in Mid-September. User accounts have already been created by Debby Quayle. You will need for her to provide an export containing username, password and Colleague ID. There is typically an export \\ess\its\Account Details\Students\Class of {year} but it's not always accurate. Ask her to double-check. New Student user acounts must have the New Students group membership assigned to them. This is typically done during the bulk new student upload process, but occasionally when an individual account is added it doesn't have this group membership assigned. New Students must be included in the Student LDAP nightly job in order to have the Students group membership assigned. They will need to have records in the file CIS generates at \\polaris\hamiltonweb\fileexchange\scheduledjobs\LDAPF. Make sure new students are in the student_ldap table. If not, ask CIS to include them then run https://preview.hamilton.edu/applications/scheduledtasks/studentldap.cfm. Steps to Bulk-Add New Students to Transition Process Update the following settings in /myhamilton/parameters.cfm as appropriate: showNewStudents (Anne Riffle) showNewStudentsTerms newStudentOldAccountExpiration newStudentJanuaryOldAccountExpiration placementexamdeadline (Anne Riffle) roomhidestart (Jean Burke) roomhideend (Jean Burke) Obtain import file Debby Quayle provides and import it into the portal_users_transition table. Be sure to replace the existing records. Spot check your work by logging into My Hamilton as a few new students. Keep in mind that you may need to manipulate the showNewStudents variable to temporarily access the system. Notes The transition page will likely need to be reviewed and updated (Esena Jackson) In May, the Campus Life Tour is the first step in the transition process. In September the Advising Tour is the first step. Esena will likely have updates to them. Late additions to the transtition process are managed using the Add Students feature in the Advising Tour SiteManager module, located at https://my.hamilton.edu/sitemanager/myapps.cfm. During the Campus Life Tour Cindy Reynolds manages additions and during the Advising Tour Anne Riffle manages them.
User Accounts
  • Ellucian (Datatel) Colleague User Accounts User Accounts Colleague and Colleague Advancement User Access Information: Security access for Colleague user accounts should be requested through the Department Security Manager (DSM) for  the employee's area.  The employee should read the Administrative Systems Security Policy & Procedures document, and print the last page to sign and submit to Marty Sweeney, ITS, Burke Library. Department Security Manager Information Administrative Information Systems Security Policy & Procedures Administrative Account Request Form
  • InCommon Participant Operational Practices User Accounts INCOMMON FEDERATION: PARTICIPANT OPERATIONAL PRACTICES Participation in the InCommon Federation ("Federation") enables a federation participating organization ("Participant") to use Shibboleth identity attribute sharing technologies to manage access to on-line resources that can be made available to the InCommon community. One goal of the Federation is to develop, over time, community standards for such cooperating organizations to ensure that sharedattribute assertions are sufficiently robust and trustworthy to manage access to important protected resources. As the community of trust evolves, the Federation expects that participants eventually should be able to trust each other's identity management systems and resource access management systems as they trust their own. A fundamental expectation of Participants is that they provide authoritative and accurate attribute assertions to other Participants, and that Participants receiving an attribute assertion protect it and respect privacy constraints placed on it by the Federation or the source of that information. In furtherance of this goal, InCommon requires that each Participant make available to other Participants certain basic information about any identity management system, including the identity attributes that are supported, or resource access management system registered for use within the Federation. Two criteria for trustworthy attribute assertions by Identity Providers are: (1) that the identity management system fall under the purview of the organization's executive or business management, and (2) the system for issuing end-user credentials (e.g., PKI certificates, userids/passwords, Kerberos principals, etc.) specifically have in place appropriate risk management measures (e.g., authentication andauthorization standards, security practices, risk assessment, change management controls, audit trails, etc.). InCommon expects that Service Providers, who receive attribute assertions from another Participant, respect the other Participant's policies, rules, and standards regarding the protection and use of that data. Furthermore, such information should be used only for the purposes for which it was provided. InCommon strongly discourages the sharing of that data with third parties, or aggregation of it for marketing purposes without the explicit permission[1] of the identity information providing Participant. InCommon requires Participants to make available to all other Participants answers to the questions below.[2] Additional information to help answer each question is available in the next section of this document. There is also a glossary at the end of this document that defines terms shown in italics. 1.      Federation Participant Information 1.1       The InCommon Participant Operational Practices information below is for: InCommon Participant organization name:  Hamilton College The information below is accurate as of this date:  1/1/13 1.2       Identity Management and/or Privacy information Additional information about the Participant's identity management practices and/or privacy policy regarding personal information can be found on-line at the following location(s). URL(s): www.hamilton.edu/its/rc 1.3       Contact information The following person or office can answer questions about the Participant's identity management system or resource access management policy or practice. Name:   David Swartz Title or role:   Network Administrator Email address:  dswartz@hamilton.edu Phone: (315)-859-4918 FAX: (315)-859-4185 2.      Identity Provider Information The most critical responsibility that an IdentityProvider Participant has to the Federation is to provide trustworthy and accurate identity assertions.[3] It is important for a Service Provider to know how your electronic identity credentials are issued and how reliable the information associated with a given credential (or person) is. Community 2.1       If you are an Identity Provider, how do you define the set of people who are eligible to receive an electronic identity? If exceptions to this definition are allowed, who must approve such an exception? Eligibility requirements are enunciated in Hamilton College Policies - Access to Information Technology Rersources. Hamilton College issues Network Logon ID’s to faculty, staff, and student members of the Hamilton College community.  Upon request, the Vice President for Information Technology (or their designees) may grant access to individuals who contribute to the operation of the College.  2.2       "Member of Community" is an assertion that might be offered to enable access to resources made available to individuals who participate in the primary mission of the university or organization. For example, this assertion might apply to anyone whose affiliation is "current student, faculty, or staff." What subset of persons registered in your identity management system would you identify as a "Member of Community" in Shibboleth identity assertions to other InCommon Participants? Current students, faculty, and staff. Electronic Identity Credentials 2.3       Please describe in general terms the administrative process used to establish an electronic identity that results in a record for that person being created in your electronic identity database? Please identify the office(s) of record for this purpose. For example, "Registrar's Office for students; HR for faculty and staff." For faculty and staff, the Human Resources office determines eligibility and maintains record of current status.  The Registrar’s office determines student eligibility and maintains record of current status.  These two offices communicate status updates to the Information Technology Services (ITS) Help Desk, who maintains the account management database from which Network Logon ID requests and changes are issued.   2.4       What technologies are used for your electronic identity credentials (e.g., Kerberos, userID/password, PKI, ...) that are relevant to Federation activities? If more than one type of electronic credential is issued, how is it determined who receives which type? If multiple credentials are linked, how is this managed (e.g., anyone with a Kerberos credential also can acquire a PKI credential) and recorded? Kerberos with userID (Network Logon ID) and password. 2.5       If your electronic identity credentials require the use of a secret password or PIN, and there are circumstances in which that secret would be transmitted across a network without being protected by encryption (i.e., "clear text passwords" are used when accessing campus services), please identify who in your organization can discuss with any other Participant concerns that this might raise for them: All College resources which require the Network Logon ID password are secured using SSL/TLS. 2.6       If you support a "single sign-on" (SSO) or similar campus-wide system to allow a single user authentication action to serve multiple applications, and you will make use of this to authenticate people for InCommon Service Providers, please describe the key security aspects of your SSO system including whether session timeouts are enforced by the system, whether user-initiated session termination is supported, and how use with "public access sites" is protected. We do not currently have any systems on campus which support SSO.  When community members attempt to authenticate to InCommon Service Providers a central Shibboleth server is used to prompt users for their Network Logon ID and password over an SSL connection.  Credentials are valid while the user is actively using the Service Provider and expire on logout of after 30 idle minutes. 2.7       Are your primary electronic identifiers for people, such as "net ID," eduPersonPrincipalName, or eduPersonTargetedID considered to be unique for all time to the individual to whom they are assigned? If not, what is your policy for re-assignment and is there a hiatus between such reuse? The Network Logon ID is unique for all time to the individual and never reassigned. Electronic Identity Database 2.8       How is information in your electronic identity database acquired and updated? Are specific offices designated by your administration to perform this function? Are individuals allowed to update their own information on-line? Human Resources maintains identity information for faculty and staff.  The Registrar’s office maintains identity information for current students.  Updates are controlled by the above offices are done through automated uploads to/from various systems. 2.9       What information in this database is considered "public information" and would be provided to any interested party? Name, title, department, campus address, campus phone number,  and email address.  Uses of Your Electronic Identity Credential System 2.10   Please identify typical classes of applications for which your electronic identity credentials are used within your own organization. Most centrally managed applications use the Network Logon ID for access - these include email, wireless, library resources, academic applications, course registration system.  Access to business applications require an additional logon outside of the Network Logon ID. Attribute Assertions Attributes are the information data elements in an attribute assertion you might make to another Federation participant concerning the identity of a person in your identity management system. 2.11   Would you consider your attribute assertions to be reliable enough to: [X] control access to on-line information databases licensed to your organization? [X] be used to purchase goods or services for your organization? [X] enable access to personal information such as student loan status? Privacy Policy Federation Participants must respect the legal and organizational privacy constraints on attribute information provided by other Participants and use it only for its intended purposes. 2.12   What restrictions do you place on the use of attribute information that you might provide to other Federation participants? Attribute information provided by Hamilton College identity systems must only be used for the purpose for which it has been provided.  Attribute information must not be aggregated or provided to any third party.  Any other uses are prohibited. 2.13   What policies govern the use of attribute information that you might release to other Federation participants? For example, is some information subject to FERPA or HIPAA restrictions? Please see the following:  http://www.hamilton.edu/its/rc/policies-security We may also be able to soon reference the Hamilton College Information Security Plan   3.      Other Information 3.1       Technical Standards, Versions and Interoperability Identify the version of Internet2 Shibboleth code release that you are using or, if not using the standard Shibboleth code, what version(s) of the SAML and SOAP and any other relevant standards you have implemented for this purpose. Shibboleth IdP version 2.3.8 3.2       Other Considerations Are there any other considerations or information that you wish to make known to other Federation participants with whom you might interoperate? For example, are there concerns about the use of clear text passwords or responsibilities in case of a security breach involving identity information you may have provided? No  
  • Web Support User Accounts Before you fill out any of the support forms below, you may be able to find the answer to your question on our Web Publishing at Hamilton page. If you need help, or if you have any questions, about Web development at Hamilton College, please select one of the support areas below... The following forms are for assistance with Web Space, Web Accounts, and Web Development ONLY. If you need help with network passwords, Blackboard CourseInfo, hardware, or other issues please contact the Help Desk at x4181, helpdesk@hamilton.edu, or ITS Support. Technical Support and Problems / Bugs / Updates Examples: Broken links, a bug/error in a Web application, change to content or form fields, unable to connect to a specific Web site at Hamilton. Technical/Bug Problem Report   General Contact Form to submit your issue.)---> Sign Up for Student Web Space Student Web space is now available through SiteManager, the College's content management system. Please fill out an account request form to get started. Sign up / Manage Student Web SpaceCurrently Unavailable Contact Web Services at webhelp@hamilton.edu or call 315-859-4932. --->     Account and Password Issues Examples: Give someone access to one of your Web folders, request organization Web space, and other user account-related issues. Account/Password Request   Projects and New Features Examples: Request to develop and new Web application or site, request to add a new feature to an existing Web application. New Project Request Form Feature Request Form (for an existing application/site) General Questions Examples: Comments, Suggestions, anything not covered above. E-mail Web Services at webhelp@hamilton.edu
VITEC
  • Policies - Repair of Computer Equipment VITEC Policies Repair of Computer Equipment Hamilton Computer Equipment All college computer equipment is maintained on a service contract with an outside vendor. Currently that vendor is VITEC Solutions (formerly IKON Technology Services). If a hardware problem is suspected the user should call the Helpdesk (859-4181) during normal business hours for assistance. If hardware service is indicated arrangements will be made with the VITEC technician. VITEC only repairs equipment located in college offices. Repairs will not be done in residence halls or private residences. Personally Owned Equipment VITEC Solutions also provides repair for personally owned computers. Computers are repaired at a discounted commercial rate established by the vendor as part of its contract with Hamilton. There is a minimum charge for examining the equipment if repair is not needed. Equipment must be delivered to the VITEC office in the basement of the Burke Library during regular business hours. The VITEC technician will be available each day between 4 and 5 p.m. to receive equipment, or by special arrangement by calling x4171 or by e-mail (vitec@hamilton.edu). Payment for the repairs must be made by check, credit card, or money order when the equipment is picked up. Charges for repair cannot be applied to your Hamilton College account.     For questions about these Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards, contact: David Smallen, Vice President for Information Technology 315-859-4169  
VPN
  • Manual VPN Client Installation for Mac OS X VPN If you receive a message stating that the web-based installation was unsuccessful, perform a manual installation by following the steps below: NOTE: ONLY ATTEMPT TO INSTALL THE VPN CLIENT WHILE OFF CAMPUS. When automatic installation fails, you will be presented with a window that has a link to download the VPN client installer to your computer. Click the Mac OS X 10.4 (intel) link to download the manual installer. Save the file to your computer. If the file automatically downloads, look for it in your Downloads or Desktop folder. Double-click on the downloaded file to access the manual installer. Double-click AnyConnect to initiate the installer.   The installer will open. Click Continue until you are presented with the software licensing agreement. Click Agree to continue. Make sure only the VPN option is checked, uncheck all other options.  Click Continue. Please note that installing the Web Security or other options could have unintended consequences, like disabling your ability to browse websites. Click Install. You will be prompted to enter your credentials. Please enter the credentials for your LOCAL computer and click Install Software. The software will install. Select Close after the process concludes. Navigate to your Applications Folder (Select Go > Applications in your Mac's menu bar) and find the Cisco folder. Open the Cisco AnyConnect Secure Mobility Client app. When the app opens, type outside.hamilton.edu in the connect field. Click Connect. When the Username and Password fields appear, enter your Hamilton credentials. Click OK. A dialog window with the warning against unauthorized use will pop-up. To continue, you must click the Accept button At this point, you will be connected to all of your normal Hamilton College network resources. Remember to disconnect your session when you are finished. Click on the VPN icon on your top menu bar, then click Disconnect.
  • Using VPN in Mac OSX VPN Installation Instructions To begin your installation, open your web browser. The video demonstration uses Firefox, but you may use any browser.  In the location box, type the URL <https://outside.hamilton.edu>. Note the ‘s’: you must type .  In the login dialog you see, Enter your Hamilton network ID and password, Then click Login Pay attention to the warning regarding unauthorized use. Remember, this includes family members. The Cisco AnyConnect VPN Client installer will start automatically. When the Verify Certificate pop-up dialog appears, click on the Trust button. Next, a dialog will pop-up with a message indicating an applet from outside.hamilton.edu wants access to your computer. Click on Allow. There will be a brief pause, with a Please wait… message, The VPN Client Downloader will start. In the pop-up dialog window that asks for a password to allow vpndownloader.app to make changes, Type the password you use to log into your computer; not necessarily your Hamilton network password. Click OK Wait patiently while the installer finishes downloading and configuring the client. This could take a minute or two. When the installation is finished, a connection to Hamilton will be started automatically. The Connection Established message includes a screen shot of the icon that you will find on the right side of desktop menu bar. Click on the icon to verify your connection, or to disconnect when you are finished with your session. Connecting and Disconnecting When you want to start a new connection to the VPN, Navigate to the Cisco folder inside your Applications folder, Then click on the Cisco AnyConnect VPN Client. The Cisco AnyConnect Client will open a dialog window. Be sure that the Connect to: menu displays outside.hamilton.edu, Then click the Select button. Next you’ll see a login dialog. Enter your Hamilton network ID and password, Then click the Connect button. A message window with the warning against unauthorized use will drop down. To continue, you must click the Accept button. When the connection is complete, a connection message will appear briefly in the upper right corner of your Mac’s desktop. You will then be connected to the Hamilton VPN. At this point, you can connect to all of your normal Hamilton College network resources. If you wish to start a Remote Desktop connection to your office computer, you can safely initiate that session now.  If you wish to connect to one of your network resources, such as your personal folder on ESS, Simply click on the Go menu in the desktop menu bar, Then click Connect to Server…. Enter the server address afp://ess and click Connect In the login dialog that appears, enter your Hamilton network ID and password, then click Connect. Select users from the volumes list, and click OK. A connection to the ESS users volume will be started, but it will take quite a while for the folders to download. Once the folder list is available, you can navigate to your personal folder, and use it just as though you were on campus. Remember to disconnect your session when you are finished. Just click on the VPN icon in the desktop menu bar, Then click Disconnect.
  • Using VPN in Windows 8 VPN Introduction The instructions on this page will guide you through installing the VPN client on your Windows 8 computer. NOTE: The VPN client cannot be installed on a computer connected to the Hamilton network, either via Wi-Fi or a network jack.  These instructions should only be followed on an OFF-CAMPUS computer. Introductory and Instructional Video This video will help you understand why VPN is being used at Hamilton and will guide you through the installation and use of the VPN client:
  • VPN for Remote Desktop VPN Background In fall 2011, Hamilton, along with other NY 6 Colleges (Colgate, Union, Skidmore, Hobart and William Smith and St. Lawrence) hired a team of security consultants to assess our network security environment. Among the recommendations were steps to lower our vulnerabilities from the Internet.  The first change will be to enhance the security of the use of Remote Desktop. Who does this affect?  Initially, any Hamilton employee connecting to on-campus resources, from off-campus, using a Remote Desktop connection (Mac or Windows). What:  Employees will need to use a secure connection through what is known as a virtual private network (VPN) BEFORE using Remote Desktop. A VPN connection is not required if you want to check your email from off-campus, use My Hamilton or Webadvisor. Why: To improve our data security.  Remote Desktop through an insecure connection is known to be a common point of attack for hackers. Please direct questions to the Help Desk at 859-4181.  Thank you for your help in improving the security of our information environment.
Videoconference
  • Configuring Computer for Skype Videoconference Other Videoconferencing Documents Create a High-Quality Videoconference Videoconferencing for Students Videoconferencing for Employees
  • Create a High-Quality Videoconference Videoconference Environment Optimization Regardless which videoconferencing solution is chosen for the communication, it will be important to prepare the location where your call will take place so as to realize the most optimal, standard experience for all involved parties. General Considerations Regardless of the conversation type, if the communication is high-risk/high-value, at least one test should be performed with all participants before the actual conversation. Remember that accidents can happen: pets can meander into the conversation and voice their opinions, cell phones have the potential of ringing, and items can fall and clatter. While all participants should attempt to prepare for these eventualities, it is best to just accept that they are a part of the conversation, a normative experience, and therefore look past them. Remember that participants within the domain of the webcam and the microphone are involved in the videoconference: anything uttered or any act performed within range of either device will be transmitted to all participants. It behooves everyone to be aware (by dint of the Preview available on all computers/software) of what will be seen and heard before the videoconference begins. As the character Doctor Emmett Brown opined in the movie Back to the Future, "no wonder your president has to be an actor, [they] have to look good on television." Lighting Proper lighting is an essential ingredient for a successful, high-quality videoconference. "A webcam isn't the most flattering piece of technology," according to Stephen Winzenburg in an article for the Winter/Spring 2012 edition of the Chronicle of Higher Education, "[it can] make you appear gaunt, overweight, beady eyed, or narcoleptic. And often you look all those things at the same time." To ensure that all participants see each other in the best possible light, everyone should: Ensure your environment is well-lit--turn on as many lights as possible; Be mindful of such issues as camera angle, background, and any other light sources that might affect the conversation; A room with a window might be a nice place to have a chat, but the sun streaming in can wreak havoc on the quality of the conversation; If you must have a conversation in a room with a window, be sure to test your setup around the same time you anticipate having the conversation to ensure a uniform experience; Test, test, test, test, test: almost all software and computers have the ability to provide participants with a preview and this preview is what other participants will actually see--make sure the contents of the preview are what you want the other participants to see.  If a high-quality conversation is desired, it may behoove participants to purchase a dedicated webcam. ITS has enjoyed success with devices like the Microsoft LifeCam HD-6000. Sound Problems with sound are reliable sources of videoconferencing woes. In addition to the ambient noise issue covered in the "Location" section, there are other potential problems one should be aware of: Echo/Feedback A problem arises whenever a sound input is colocated with a sound output: If you put a microphone IN FRONT of a speaker, a positive feedback loop will be generated, i.e. loud, screechy, piercing sound that is painful. Be sure either to place the speaker far away from the microphone, wear headphones to ameliorate the problem, or invest in a microphone with integrate anti-feedback technology. Most laptops, all-in-one desktops (e.g. the iMac), and smartphones have built-in webcameras, microphones, and speakers. While they are sometimes configured to interoperate without generated feedback, one cannot rely on them working perfectly, especially for high-value conversations. All participants are STRONGLY encouraged to wear headphones to eliminate echoing/feedback. Configuration The peripherals required to perform a videoconference interoperate well, but are susceptible to problems.  If participants are unable to hear each other, see each other, or connect, there may be a problem with the configuration of the peripherals, the software for the chat (e.g. Skype, Google Talk), or the drivers that the computer uses to communicate with the devices. While easier with the built-in microphone, webcam, speaker setup, problems can plague those setups. ITS strongly recommends testing the full setup before any videoconference. If problems are identified before the actual conversation, chances are better that they can be troubleshooted and resolved without conflicting with the actual conversation. Accessibility Issues Hearing Aids/Lipreaders All communications conducted using these solutions will be affected to varying degrees by synchronicity issues. For example: participants may notice that mouths move independently of the sound they generate. While this is becoming a normative experience, it can be jarring, especially for those who need to read lips to understand what is being said. Proper balancing of audio is also key to ensure that participants whose hearing is impaired can participate equally in the conversation
. Location Through the miracle of modern technology, these conversations can now take place at any time and in any location, e.g. cafés, libraries, street corners, dorm rooms, hospitals, vel sim. Just because they can take place in every location does not necessarily mean they ought to take place in every location. Both parties should consider: The ambient noise in their respective environments--loud environs equals bad conversations; The people whom they might affect with the conversation--not everyone needs to be privy to the conversation; The speed of the internet conections at the locations--a low-speed DSL connection will not create a good videoconferencing experience (You can test your bandwidth here.)
  • ITS Videochat Cart Videoconference Overview Videochats on personal and office computers are usually high quality and sufficient for most purposes. However, there are high-rask and/or high-value conversations (e.g. job interviews) for which a dedicated, dependable solution for Faculty and Staff is absolutely necessary. To satisfy this requirement, ITS created four ITS Videochat Carts, which are located in Burke Library, Spencer House, KJ, and the Taylor Science Center. Each cart is equipped with a large LCD screen; a high-fidelity videocamera and microphone; an ITS-managed computer on which all videoconferencing software is installed; all of the necessary peripherals to operate the setup; and relevant documentation. ITS has carefully configured each cart to ensure that all components interact properly and well. Reserving and Using the Cart Reserving the Cart Employees can reserve an ITS Videochat Cart via the Campus Events calendar. You must reserve a space in Burke Library, the Taylor Science Center, Spencer House, or Kirner-Johnson--the home buildings of each cart--at least seven days prior to the videoconference. While completing your room reservation, be sure to indicate that you intend to videoconference. You will also need to submit your Skype or Google Chat handle. Testing ITS strongly encourages you to visit the Information Commons desk on the first floor of the Burke Library or the AV office in Kirner-Johnson Room 222e at least two days in advance of the event to test the Videochat Cart and the service to be used for the call. If you perform this test call, ITS can also provide staff support for your actual call if problems arise. APPOINTMENTS CAN BE MADE HERE (Needs to be created) Ideally, a test call will be performed with the other participant(s), but this may not be feasible. ITS also recommends you follow the our "Create a High-Quality Videoconference Guide" to make your call the highest-possible-quality. Tandberg Videoconferences What is a Tandberg Videoconference? A Tandberg unit provides an unparalleled, high quality videoconference call via sophisticated hardware and support. Why are Tandberg Videoconferences handled differently? The process for configuring and running a Tandberg-facilitated videoconference is by far more complicated than a videoconference facilitated by Google Talk, Skype, or OoVoo: All participants in the call must have Tandberg units or rent time at a facility equipped with Tandberg units; There is a fee for using a Tandberg unit; Tandberg units at Hamilton are permanently stationed in Burke Library, the Levitt Center, and the Taylor Science Center; Tandberg videoconferences absolutely must be directly supported by a member of Audiovisual Services. How can I tell if I should use a Tandberg Unit? ITS recommends a Tandberg videoconference only for highest-priority calls (e.g final interviews for a high-ranking position.) Skype and Google Talk have been used many times for interviews and courses on campus and are deemed completely satisfactory by users. As always, ITS welcomes a conversation about your needs and will be happy to provide a recommendation at any time; please contact Audiovisual Services at avs@hamilton.edu or x4120.  I need to use the Tandberg unit. What should I do? Faculty must fill out the TANDBERG VIDEOCONFERENCE REQUEST FORM (Needed); Staff may use the Tandberg units for interviews with prospective employers, but the request must be initiated at Human Resources. Students may use the Tandberg units for interviews with prospective employers, but the request must be initiated at the Career Center.
  • Professional-Grade Videoconference Videoconference Professional-Grade Videoconferences What is meant by "Professional-Grade Videoconference:" Professional-Grade Videoconferences are unparalleled, high-quality videoconference calls facilitated by even-more-sophisticated hardware and support. How are Professional-Grade Videoconferences handled differently? The process for configuring and running a Professional-Grade Videoconference is by far more complicated than a videoconference facilitated by Google Talk, Skype, or OoVoo: All participants in the call must have specialized(e.g. those provided by the Tandberg, Polycom, Cisco, and Lifesize companies) equipment or rent time at a facility equipped with such specialized units; There is a fee for using this service; Audio and Video quality exceed any solution available on individual computers with webcams and/or microphones; Tandberg units at Hamilton are stationed on one videoconference cart and permanently stationed in Spencer House, the Levitt Center, and the Taylor Science Center; Professional-Grade Videoconferences absolutely must be directly supported by a member of Audiovisual Services. How can I tell if I should use the Professional-Grade Videoconference Option? ITS recommends a Professional-Grade Videoconference only for highest-priority calls (e.g final interviews for a high-ranking position;) Skype and Google Talk have been used many times for interviews and courses on campus and are deemed completely satisfactory by users; And, as always, ITS welcomes a conversation about your needs and will be happy to provide a recommendation at any time; please contact Audiovisual Services at avs@hamilton.edu or x4120.  I need to use the Professional-Grade Videoconference option. What should I do? Faculty must fill out the PROFESSIONAL-GRADE VIDEOCONFERENCE REQUEST FORM (Needed); Staff may use a Professional-Grade Videoconference solution for interviews with prospective employers, but the request must be initiated at Human Resources. Students may use the Professional-Grade Videoconference option for interviews with prospective employers, but the request must be initiated at the Career Center.
  • Videoconferencing Guide Videoconference Solutions NOTE: Please click the name of the solution to select it. Also, please hover over links in the table for more information. Scenarios Google Talk Skype OoVoo ITS Videochat Cart Person-to-PersoIf your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS recommends you purchase a Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that EMPLOYEES may check out. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information.n Communication ✓ ✓ ✓   Guest SpeakerIf you wish to use a larger display or projector for your conversation, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on suitable locations. ✓ ✓     Multi-person Conversations   (!Free: 25 audio 2 video For-Fee Features: 25 Audio 10 Video) ✓12 or fewer participants.   High-Quality, High-Risk ConversationsSolution for EMPLOYEES only. Students who need an extremely high quality video conversation should contact the Career Center (x4346.)       ✓ Share Computer Screen   (!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me (!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me    Maximum Number of Participants 2 audio or video Available for a fee.25 Audio 2 Video/25 VideoFor a fee. 12 Audio/Video   Available Resources If you wish to videoconference via a larger display or projector, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on locations. If your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that may be checked out by Staff and Faculty for videoconferences. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information. Should you wish to purchase your own webcam/microphone unit, ITS recommends you purchase the Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. If you intend to use your own laptop for the videoconference, please note that you may need an adaptor to connect it to the screens or projectors in various rooms on campus. If needed and based on availability, Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can provide Staff and Faculty with an adaptor to connect your computer. Please also have a look at our "Create a High-Quality Videoconference Guide" to make your call the highest-possible-quality. 
  • Videoconferencing using Google Talk Videoconference
  • Videoconferencing using OoVoo Videoconference Description OoVoo is an voice, video, and instant messaging communications tool that permits up to twelve simultaneous voice or video participants for no fee. Unlike Skype, OoVoo Free users cannot share their computer desktops with each other. Procedures Downloading and Installing OoVoo In your internet browser, navigate to http://www.oovoo.com/Download.aspx; Select the appropriate Download for your platform (i.e. Mac, Windows, or Linux;) Wait for the download to commence and finish; Install Skype using the downloaded installer (it should be a relatively straightforward affair;) Skype will automatically launch--log in to continue.
  • Videoconferencing using Skype Videoconference Procedures All participants need a Skype Account and the software installed on their computer. Obtaining a Skype Account In your internet browser, navigate to http://www.skype.com; Click the Join Skype button in the upper-right-hand corner; Fill in the form that appears; Click I agree - Continue at the bottom of the form (if you do agree - read the form); Your Skype account now exists. Downloading and Installing Skype In your internet browser, navigate to http://www.skype.com; Click Get Skype near the top of the page; Select your platform (i.e. Mac, Windows, or Linux;) Click Download Skype; Sign in using your Skype credentials; Wait for the download to commence and finish; Install Skype using the downloaded installer (it should be a relatively straightforward affair;) Skype will automatically launch--log in to continue; To avoid any network problems, follow this guide to configure your computer's firewall to work properly with Skype. Connecting with other Skype users After launching and logging into Skype, select the Contacts tab; Click Add Contact in the upper-right-hand corner of the Skype window; Input into the search field the Skype username of the person with whom you're trying to connect; Select the correct result from the list; An invitation will be sent--after being accepted, you will see them in your contacts list; Double-click their name to start a text chat with that individual--other chat options will be available in the screen that follows; The call options will be in the upper-right-hand corner of the contact window--click the default option or select another option from the pull-down menu (located under the chevron).  
Web Servers
  • Assistant Web Developer Training Tasks Web Servers Purpose The outline below provides guidelines for training a new web team employee. Training should be tailored to the employee’s existing skill set. As such, training elements can be added and/or removed as needed. Administrative New Employee paperwork Requires: Two forms of identification as described at http://www.uscis.gov/files/form/i-9.pdf Canceled check for direct deposit form Discuss, create schedule Contact Help Desk regarding new employee user account Add user to Web Admins or Web Students group Schedule   Orientation Time Sheets Labor Time Tracker Break Room Restrooms Hours Campus Safety: Parking Sticker Webhelp Schedule Monitoring E-mail Account Setup/Thunderbird Configuration Name, Office, Phone, E-mail, Request Summary   Training HTML Javascript HTML DOM  CSS ColdFusion (Lynda.com CDs: Essential, Beyond the Basics, What’s New in CF9) SQL Fundamentals JQuery Essential Training: Lynda.com See Maureen Scoones for log in. Hamilton Development Environment Server Environment Test & Live SiteManager & Templates Trusted Cache Version Control Sample Application 1 Quatrino has project proposal Form to Database/E-mail Code Reviews Sample Application 2 Quatrino has project proposal CRUD Interface (CReate, Update, Delete) Code Reviews Generator Bug Log Application Inventory/Case Tracking Web Support Form Email, clear, thorough descriptions are important.   Begin Standard Responsibilities Application Development System Support    
  • Installing or Updating the SSL certificate on BBTS.hamilton.edu Web Servers NOTE: This article was adapted from a Blackboard Transaction System support document for Hamilton College. Install New Wildcard Certificate 1. Remote to bbts.hamilton.edu.  This requires a Microsoft RDP client (can't use Cord). 2. Open the IIS Manager - Start > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services Manager 3. Click on the server name. 4. Under IIS, double-click on Server Certificates 5. Click Import... on the right. 6. Select the PFX file for the current Wildcard certificate (\\ess\its\Network Services\SSL Certs\WildcardSSL<year>.pfx) 7. Password is hamster. Open Certificate Manager 1. On the Taskbar, click Start, then click Run, type MMC in the Open box, and then click OK. 2. In the new window that opened click File and then click Add/Remove Snap- in.... 3. Double-click Certificates in the Available snap-ins box. 4. Select Computer account and then click Next. 5. Select Local Computer: (the computer this console is running on),click Finish, and OK. Install the Intermediate Certificate If you are updating an existing certificate, this should not be necessary. 1. Open the Certificate Manager (if not already open) 2. Expand Certificates 3. Right-click on Intermediate Certificates and select All Tasks > Import... 4. Click next, then Browse to select the file at \\ess\its\Network Services\SSL Certs\gd_iis_intermediates.p7b  (you may want to update this file from GoDaddy in case there is a new version) 5. Click Next, then Next again, then Finish Export the Full Chain for use in Blackboard Services 1.Open the Certificate Manager (if not already open) 3. Double-click Certificates (Local Computer), double-click Personal, and then double-click Certificates. 4. Right-click on the SSL certificate (the newest *.hamilton.edu), click All Tasks..., and then click Export... 5. Click Next on the Welcome to the Certificate Export wizard window. 6. Select Yes, export the private key and click Next. 7. Select Personal Information Exchange - PCKS #12 (.PFX), select the check box Include all certificates in the certification path if possible, then click Next. 8. Type "pfxpassword" in the Password box, type "pfxpassword" in the Type and confirm password (mandatory) box, and then click Next >. 9. Type "E:\Blackboard\Transaction System\Server\Tools\OpenSSL\BBTS.hamilton.edu.pfx" in the File name box. 10. Verify the information in the You have specified the following settings box, and then click Finish. 11. Click OK when prompted The export was successful. 12. Click File, then click Exit in the Microsoft Management Console windows. Using the PFX file to generate the PEM files needed by the Bb Services The MakePEMs.bat batch file (script text is below) is used to do everything. It is used instead of GenerateDHKey.bat. If there is an existing MakePEMs.bat file then edit it to make sure the '[servername].pfx' name has not changed and is correct in the batch file. 1. If MakePEMsGoDaddy.bat doesn't exist in "E:\Blackboard\Transaction System\Server\Tools\OpenSSL", create a new text document. - Rename it to "MakePEMsGoDaddy.bat". Note that if the display of file extensions has been turned off it will not be possible to truly rename this file. Acknowledge any warnings about changing file extensions. 3. Open the file by RIGHT-CLICK and choose Edit. Get in the habit of NOT double- clicking a batch file unless you intend to run it. Copy the text at the end of this document then paste it into this new "MakePEMsGoDaddy.bat" text file window. 4. Edit the "SET PFXFILE=" line in MakePEMs.bat by adding the name of the PFX file exported above (BBTS.hamilton.edu.pfx). Don't forget the ".PFX" part of the name. Example: Change: SET PFXFILE=!CHANGEME! To be: SET PFXFILE=BBTS.hamilton.edu.pfx 5. Save MakePEMsGoDaddy.bat. 6. Double-click MakePEMsGoDaddy.bat to run it. It goes through the steps displaying what it is doing and pausing after each step. Use CTRL-C to stop running the script at any point. This is useful if one only wants to generate the PEM files and copy them to where they go but doesn't want to restart the service yet. MakePEMsGoDaddy.bat does the following steps pausing after each one 1. Deletes any existing "server.pem" and "dh512.pem" 2. Generates a new "server.pem" 3. Generates a new "dh512.pem" 4. Copies the new .PEMs to the "\Server\Services" folder 5. Restarts the BbReader and Dining services It is possible to test the Server.PEM file is able to authenticate using the CA.PEM file. The following KB article explains how to do this: http://www.fuzeqna.com/bbtshelp/consumer/kbdetail.asp?kbid=507   --- MakePEMs.bat text @ECHO OFF REM This batch file goes in: REM E:\Blackboard\Transaction System\Server\Tools\OpenSSL REM This batch file assumes the standard install where the REM Blackboard folder (software) is on an "E:" drive letter. REM If this is a non-standard install that uses another drive REM letter (e.g. "D:") then edit this batch file. Replace "E:" REM with the correct drive letter for this system. SET PFXFILE=!CHANGEME! REM Enter the full name of the PFX file above. Remember the REM '.PFX' file extention. Only change the above "SET" line. REM Do not change the error check "if..." line below. ECHO This will use the file %PFFILE% a the source ECHO Edit the batch file to change this if needed ECHO. PAUSE if not %PFFILE%==CHANGEME! goto DOIT ECHO ERROR!! The instructions were not followed! ECHO ERROR!! %PFFILE% i not a valid .PFX file name ECHO ERROR!! Close this window and get some help PAUSE GOTO END :DOIT E: CD "E:\Blackboard\Transaction System\Server\Tools\OpenSSL" ECHO. ECHO Deleting existing files about to create ECHO OK if there are one or two file not found errors. ECHO. DEL /Q server.pem DEL /Q dh512.pem ECHO. ECHO The warning about not opening openssl.cnf is OK. ECHO When asked the password is: pfxpassword ECHO NOTE: Nothing is shown as the password is typed in. ECHO. openssl pkcs12 -in %PFFILE% -ut server.pem -nodes ECHO. ECHO server.pem created from %PFFILE% ECHO. ECHO Next is to create dh512.pem from server.pem PAUSE ECHO. ECHO The warning about not opening openssl.cnf is still OK. ECHO. openssl dhparam -5 -check -outform PEM -out dh512.pem -5 -text 512 ECHO. ECHO dh512.pem created from server.pem ECHO. ECHO Next is copy .PEM files to Services folder. PAUSE ECHO. COPY /V /Y server.pem "E:\Blackboard\Transaction System\Server\Services" COPY /V /Y dh512.pem "E:\Blackboard\Transaction System\Server\Services" ECHO Copied .PEM files to Services folder ECHO. ECHO Next is to restart the Bb Readers Service. PAUSE ECHO. ECHO Restarting the Bb Readers Service ECHO. NET STOP "BbTS Bb Readers Host" ECHO. NET START "BbTS Bb Readers Host" ECHO. ECHO Next is to restart the Dining Service. PAUSE ECHO. ECHO Restarting the Dining Service ECHO. NET STOP "BbTS Dining Services, Activities Host" ECHO. NET START "BbTS Dining Services, Activities Host" ECHO. ECHO Next is to restart the Payment Gateway Service. PAUSE ECHO. ECHO Restarting the Payment Gateway Service ECHO. NET STOP "BbTS Payment Gateway Host" ECHO. NET START "BbTS Payment Gateway Host" ECHO. ECHO All done. PAUSE :END  
  • Web Publishing at Hamilton Web Servers Publishing Your Pages How do you get your work onto Hamilton's web server, and how do you get the old, out of date pages off the server? Move files to and from your space on the web server using one of these methods: On-campus Windows - Microsoft Networking Mac OSX Off-campus FTP (File Transfer Protocol) - Multi-Platform   What Is My Web Address (URL)? Do you find the URLs for Hamilton's web site confusing? Wondering about the difference between www.hamilton.edu and academics.hamilton.edu? Here's a quick overview of the different spaces. Understanding Hamilton's Web space   Sign Up for Student Web Space Student Web space is now available through SiteManager, the College's content management system. Please fill out an account request form to get started. Additional Information Guidelines for Use of Student Web Space
  • Web Support Web Servers Before you fill out any of the support forms below, you may be able to find the answer to your question on our Web Publishing at Hamilton page. If you need help, or if you have any questions, about Web development at Hamilton College, please select one of the support areas below... The following forms are for assistance with Web Space, Web Accounts, and Web Development ONLY. If you need help with network passwords, Blackboard CourseInfo, hardware, or other issues please contact the Help Desk at x4181, helpdesk@hamilton.edu, or ITS Support. Technical Support and Problems / Bugs / Updates Examples: Broken links, a bug/error in a Web application, change to content or form fields, unable to connect to a specific Web site at Hamilton. Technical/Bug Problem Report   General Contact Form to submit your issue.)---> Sign Up for Student Web Space Student Web space is now available through SiteManager, the College's content management system. Please fill out an account request form to get started. Sign up / Manage Student Web SpaceCurrently Unavailable Contact Web Services at webhelp@hamilton.edu or call 315-859-4932. --->     Account and Password Issues Examples: Give someone access to one of your Web folders, request organization Web space, and other user account-related issues. Account/Password Request   Projects and New Features Examples: Request to develop and new Web application or site, request to add a new feature to an existing Web application. New Project Request Form Feature Request Form (for an existing application/site) General Questions Examples: Comments, Suggestions, anything not covered above. E-mail Web Services at webhelp@hamilton.edu
  • Windows Web Publishing Web Servers Windows users can connect to the web server using Windows networking. This will make your web space appear as a disk or folder on your personal computer, allowing you to drag and drop files and folders to and from the web server, just as you do for other disks on your system.   Windows 7/Vista Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" into the search box and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on Network and select Map Network Drive... In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Windows XP   Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Choose Run In the open field of the dialog box, type \\Polaris Click OK The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on My Network Places and select Map Network Drive. In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people Click OK The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Troubleshooting Please contact the Help Desk x4181 if you are having trouble connecting to Polaris.
Windows 7
  • Data Backup and Storage Windows 7 Introduction Imagine if all of the work that you spent hours completing suddenly disappeared and there were no way to bring it back from oblivion. A nightmarish scenario to be sure! Unfortunately, many face it every semester: ITS often assists students and employees whose computers have malfunctioned while either working on or after finishing some assignment, typically when such a loss is most painful and difficult to recover from. Thankfully, with a very little effort, this scenario can be easily avoided. Backing up your files serves many purposes. Beyond preventing a catastrophic loss of data, proper organization of one's data and easy options for retrieval will facilitate one's work at Hamilton and beyond, viz. graduate school, internships, and possibly future employment Storage Solution Finder External Hard Drive Employee Network Storage 1 Academic Server 2 Google Drive Flash Drive Dropbox or Similar Documents ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Images ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Music ✓   ✓ ✓ Video ✓   ✓     Computer Backup ✓ ✓       Easy Sharing     ✓ ✓   is a solution that should not be used for sensitive or confidential information, e.g. bank account numbers, passwords, social security numbers, health information. 1 This solution is only available to staff and faculty. 2 This solution is for academic purposes (e.g. Coursework) only. And only members of the Faculty and Staff can request folders be created on the Academic Server.              
  • Windows Web Publishing Windows 7 Windows users can connect to the web server using Windows networking. This will make your web space appear as a disk or folder on your personal computer, allowing you to drag and drop files and folders to and from the web server, just as you do for other disks on your system.   Windows 7/Vista Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" into the search box and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on Network and select Map Network Drive... In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Windows XP   Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Choose Run In the open field of the dialog box, type \\Polaris Click OK The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on My Network Places and select Map Network Drive. In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people Click OK The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Troubleshooting Please contact the Help Desk x4181 if you are having trouble connecting to Polaris.
Windows Vista
  • Windows Web Publishing Windows Vista Windows users can connect to the web server using Windows networking. This will make your web space appear as a disk or folder on your personal computer, allowing you to drag and drop files and folders to and from the web server, just as you do for other disks on your system.   Windows 7/Vista Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" into the search box and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on Network and select Map Network Drive... In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Windows XP   Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Choose Run In the open field of the dialog box, type \\Polaris Click OK The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on My Network Places and select Map Network Drive. In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people Click OK The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Troubleshooting Please contact the Help Desk x4181 if you are having trouble connecting to Polaris.
Windows XP
  • Windows Web Publishing Windows XP Windows users can connect to the web server using Windows networking. This will make your web space appear as a disk or folder on your personal computer, allowing you to drag and drop files and folders to and from the web server, just as you do for other disks on your system.   Windows 7/Vista Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" into the search box and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on Network and select Map Network Drive... In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Windows XP   Connect to the Web Server Open the Start menu Choose Run In the open field of the dialog box, type \\Polaris Click OK The folder will open as a new window.   Map a Drive Open the Start menu Right click on My Network Places and select Map Network Drive. In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following: academics hamilton students people Click OK The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.   Troubleshooting Please contact the Help Desk x4181 if you are having trouble connecting to Polaris.
ooVoo
  • Videoconferencing Guide ooVoo Solutions NOTE: Please click the name of the solution to select it. Also, please hover over links in the table for more information. Scenarios Google Talk Skype OoVoo ITS Videochat Cart Person-to-PersoIf your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS recommends you purchase a Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that EMPLOYEES may check out. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information.n Communication ✓ ✓ ✓   Guest SpeakerIf you wish to use a larger display or projector for your conversation, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on suitable locations. ✓ ✓     Multi-person Conversations   (!Free: 25 audio 2 video For-Fee Features: 25 Audio 10 Video) ✓12 or fewer participants.   High-Quality, High-Risk ConversationsSolution for EMPLOYEES only. Students who need an extremely high quality video conversation should contact the Career Center (x4346.)       ✓ Share Computer Screen   (!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me (!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me    Maximum Number of Participants 2 audio or video Available for a fee.25 Audio 2 Video/25 VideoFor a fee. 12 Audio/Video   Available Resources If you wish to videoconference via a larger display or projector, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on locations. If your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that may be checked out by Staff and Faculty for videoconferences. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information. Should you wish to purchase your own webcam/microphone unit, ITS recommends you purchase the Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. If you intend to use your own laptop for the videoconference, please note that you may need an adaptor to connect it to the screens or projectors in various rooms on campus. If needed and based on availability, Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can provide Staff and Faculty with an adaptor to connect your computer. Please also have a look at our "Create a High-Quality Videoconference Guide" to make your call the highest-possible-quality. 
Cupola